diff --git a/kernel/trunk/core/sys32.inc b/kernel/trunk/core/sys32.inc index 564734f76e..caa29f77b4 100644 --- a/kernel/trunk/core/sys32.inc +++ b/kernel/trunk/core/sys32.inc @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ terminate: ; terminate application push esi ; remove hd1 & cd & flp reservation shl esi, 5 - mov esi, [esi+0x3004] + mov esi, [esi+0x3000+TASKDATA.pid] cmp [hd1_status], esi jnz @f mov [hd1_status], 0 @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ terminate: ; terminate application pusha ; remove all irq reservations mov eax,esi shl eax, 5 - mov eax,[edx+0x3000+TASKDATA.pid] + mov eax,[eax+0x3000+TASKDATA.pid] mov edi,irq_owner mov ecx,16 newirqfree: diff --git a/kernel/trunk/docs/sysfuncr.txt b/kernel/trunk/docs/sysfuncr.txt index 0583ca6152..65c92624e0 100644 --- a/kernel/trunk/docs/sysfuncr.txt +++ b/kernel/trunk/docs/sysfuncr.txt @@ -28,11 +28,13 @@ составляющие цвета рабочей области окна (игнорируется для стиля Y=2) * X = DCBA (биты) - * A = 1 - у окна есть заголовок; если Y=3, адрес строки заголовка может быть задан - в edi, иначе - использованием подфункции 1 функции 71 - * B = 1 - рисовать все примитивы относитльно клиентской области окна - * C - зарезервирован - * D = 8 - градиентная заливка клиентской области + * A = 1 - у окна есть заголовок; для стиля Y=3 адрес строки + заголовка задаётся в edi, для прочих стилей + используется подфункция 1 функции 71 + * B = 1 - координаты всех графических примитивов задаются + относительно клиентской области окна + * C зарезервирован (устанавливайте в 0) + * D = 0 - нормальная заливка рабочей области, 1 - градиентная Следующие параметры предназначены для окон типа I и II и игнорируются для стилей Y=1,3: * esi = 0xXYRRGGBB - цвет заголовка @@ -50,6 +52,12 @@ этой функции и игнорируются при последующих; для изменения положения и/или размеров уже созданного окна используйте 67-ю функцию. + * Для окон стиля Y=3 с заголовком (A=1) строка заголовка + устанавливается при первом вызове этой функции и игнорируется при + последующих (точнее говоря, игнорируется после вызова + подфункции 2 функции 12 - конца перерисовки); + для изменения строки заголовка уже созданного окна используйте + подфункцию 1 функции 71. * Если использовать окна соответствующих стилей, то положение и/или размеры окна могут меняться пользователем. Текущие положение и размеры могут быть получены вызовом функции 9. @@ -76,20 +84,24 @@ прямоугольник с левым верхним углом (1,21) и правым нижним (xsize-1,ysize-1) (размерами (xsize-1)*(ysize-21)) - цветом, указанным в edx (с учетом градиента) + * если A=1 и строка заголовка установлена подфункцией 1 + функции 71, то она выводится в соответствующем месте заголовка * Вид окна стиля Y=1: * полностью определяется приложением * Вид окна типа II: - * рисуется внешняя рамка шириной 1 пиксель "затен+нного" цвета + * рисуется внешняя рамка шириной 1 пиксель "затенённого" цвета edi (все составляющие цвета уменьшаются в два раза) * рисуется промежуточная рамка шириной 3 пикселя цвета edi * рисуется внутренняя рамка шириной 1 пиксель - "затен+нного" цвета edi + "затенённого" цвета edi * рисуется заголовок - прямоугольник с левым верхним углом (4,4) и правым нижним (xsize-4,min(20,ysize)) цвета, указанного в esi (с учетом градиента) * если ysize>=26, то закрашивается рабочая область окна - прямоугольник с левым верхним углом (5,20) и правым нижним (xsize-5,ysize-5) - цветом, указанным в edx (с учетом градиента) + * если A=1 и строка заголовка установлена подфункцией 1 + функции 71, то она выводится в соответствующем месте заголовка * Вид окна со скином: * рисуется внешняя рамка шириной 1 пиксель цвета 'outer' из скина @@ -104,6 +116,8 @@ (xsize-5,ysize-5) - цветом, указанным в edx (с учетом градиента) * определяются две стандартные кнопки: закрытия и минимизации (смотри функцию 8) + * если A=1 и в edi (ненулевой) указатель на строку заголовка, + то она выводится в заголовке в месте, определяемом скином * Значение переменной _skinh доступно как результат вызова подфункции 4 функции 48 @@ -137,7 +151,7 @@ Замечания: * Существует общесистемный буфер нажатых клавиш размером 120 байт, организованный как очередь. - * Существует ещ+ один общесистемный буфер на 120 "горячих клавиш". + * Существует ещё один общесистемный буфер на 120 "горячих клавиш". * При вызове этой функции приложением с неактивным окном считается, что буфер нажатых клавиш пуст. * По умолчанию эта функция возвращает ASCII-коды; переключиться на @@ -170,11 +184,8 @@ * Системное время можно установить функцией 22. ====================================================================== -================== Функция 4 - вывести текст в окно. ================= +============== Функция 4 - вывести строку текста в окно. ============= ====================================================================== -Может выводить как строку заданной длины, так и строку, оканчивающуюся -NULL-символом(0x0) - ASCIIZ(string db 'text',0). Чтобы вывести -ASCIIZ-строку поместите в esi -1 (mov esi,-1). Параметры: * eax = 4 - номер функции * ebx = [координата по оси x]*65536 + [координата по оси y] @@ -187,6 +198,9 @@ ASCIIZ- Возвращаемое значение: * функция не возвращает значения Замечания: + * Выводятся либо первые (esi and 0xFF) символов, + либо все символы до (но не включая) завершающего нуля + (для ASCIIZ-строк) в зависимости от того, что произойдёт раньше. * Первый системный шрифт считывается при загрузке из файла char.mt, второй - из char2.mt. * Оба шрифта имеют высоту 9 пикселей, ширина моноширинного шрифта @@ -241,7 +255,7 @@ ASCIIZ- дополненное при необходимости пробелами). Имя файла должно быть записано заглавными буквами. Завершающий символ с кодом 0 не нужен (не ASCIIZ-строка). - * Текущая реализация рамдиска не поддерживает директории. + * Эта функция не поддерживает папки на рамдиске. ====================================================================== =============== Функция 7 - вывести изображение в окно. ============== @@ -431,7 +445,7 @@ ASCIIZ- Возвращаемое значение: * функция не возвращает значения Замечания: - * Функция начала перерисовки удаляет все определ+нные + * Функция начала перерисовки удаляет все определённые функцией 8 кнопки, их следует определить повторно. ====================================================================== @@ -475,7 +489,7 @@ ASCIIZ- * функция не возвращает значения Замечания: * Проверок на корректность не делается. Установка слишком больших - значений привед+т к тому, что в фон войдут данные за границей + значений приведёт к тому, что в фон войдут данные за границей буфера фонового изображения. Размер буфера = 0x160000-0x10, что соответствует максимальным размерам 800*600. (800*600*3=0x15F900) * Для обновления экрана (после завершения серии команд, работающих с @@ -622,7 +636,7 @@ ASCIIZ- * Узнать, какое окно является активным, можно вызовом подфункции 7. ====================================================================== - Функция 18, подфункция 4 - получить сч+тчик пустых тактов в секунду. + Функция 18, подфункция 4 - получить счётчик пустых тактов в секунду. ====================================================================== Под пустыми тактами понимается время, в которое процессор простаивает в ожидании прерывания (в инструкции hlt). @@ -631,7 +645,7 @@ ASCIIZ- * eax = 18 - номер функции * ebx = 4 - номер подфункции Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = значение сч+тчика пустых тактов в секунду + * eax = значение счётчика пустых тактов в секунду ====================================================================== ======== Функция 18, подфункция 5 - получить тактовую частоту. ======= @@ -643,7 +657,7 @@ ASCIIZ- * eax = тактовая частота (по модулю 2^32 тактов = 4ГГц) ====================================================================== - Функция 18, подфункция 6 - сохранить рамдиск в файл на ж+стком диске. + Функция 18, подфункция 6 - сохранить рамдиск в файл на жёстком диске. ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 18 - номер функции @@ -652,16 +666,16 @@ ASCIIZ- * 1 = в папке "/KOLIBRI" * 2 = в корневом каталоге * 3 = edx указывает на путь (имена папок в формате 8+3, - раздел+нные '/') + разделённые '/') Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно * иначе eax = код ошибки файловой системы Замечания: * Имя файла фиксировано, "menuet.img" (глобальная переменная ядра image_save из preboot.inc) - * На каком разделе какого диска файл будет сохран+н, определяется + * На каком разделе какого диска файл будет сохранён, определяется подфункцией 7 и подфункцией 8 функции 21. - * Все папки в указанном пути должны существовать, иначе верн+тся + * Все папки в указанном пути должны существовать, иначе вернётся значение 5, "файл не найден". ====================================================================== @@ -675,14 +689,14 @@ ASCIIZ- активно) Замечания: * Активное окно находится вверху оконного стэка и получает - сообщения обо вс+м вводе с клавиатуры. + сообщения обо всём вводе с клавиатуры. * Сделать окно активным можно вызовом подфункции 3. ====================================================================== ==== Функция 18, подфункция 8 - отключить/разрешить звук спикера. ==== ====================================================================== -При отключ+нном звуке вызовы подфункции 55 функции 55 игнорируются. -При включ+нном - направляются на встроенный спикер. +При отключённом звуке вызовы подфункции 55 функции 55 игнорируются. +При включённом - направляются на встроенный спикер. --------------- Подподфункция 1 - получить состояние. ---------------- Параметры: @@ -690,7 +704,7 @@ ASCIIZ- * ebx = 8 - номер подфункции * ecx = 1 - номер подподфункции Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = 0 - звук спикера разреш+н; 1 - запрещ+н + * eax = 0 - звук спикера разрешён; 1 - запрещён -------------- Подподфункция 2 - переключить состояние. -------------- Переключает состояния разрешения/запрещения. @@ -742,10 +756,10 @@ ASCIIZ- и размеры. * Восстановление окна приложения происходит при активизировании подфункцией 3. - * Обычно нет необходимости явно сворачивать/разворачивать сво+ окно: + * Обычно нет необходимости явно сворачивать/разворачивать своё окно: сворачивание окна осуществляется системой при нажатии на кнопку минимизации (которая для окон со скином определяется автоматически - функцией 0, для окон без скина е+ можно определить функцией 8), + функцией 0, для окон без скина её можно определить функцией 8), восстановление - приложением @panel. ====================================================================== @@ -763,7 +777,7 @@ ASCIIZ- * функция не возвращает значения Формат таблицы: короткая версия: * +0: byte: информация о НГМД (дисководах для дискет), AAAABBBB, - где AAAA зада+т тип первого дисковода, BBBB - второго согласно + где AAAA задаёт тип первого дисковода, BBBB - второго согласно следующему списку: * 0 = нет дисковода * 1 = 360Kb, 5.25'' @@ -774,19 +788,19 @@ ASCIIZ- Например, для стандартной конфигурации из одного 1.44-дисковода здесь будет 40h, а для случая 1.2Mb на A: и 1.44Mb на B: значение оказывается 24h. - * +1: byte: информация о ж+стких дисках и CD-приводах, AABBCCDD, + * +1: byte: информация о жёстких дисках и CD-приводах, AABBCCDD, где AA соответствует контроллеру IDE0, ..., DD - IDE3: * 0 = устройство отсутствует - * 1 = ж+сткий диск + * 1 = жёсткий диск * 2 = CD-привод Например, в случае HD на IDE0 и CD на IDE2 здесь будет 48h. - * +2: 4 db: число найденных разделов на ж+стких дисках с + * +2: 4 db: число найденных разделов на жёстких дисках с соответственно IDE0,...,IDE3. - При отсутствии ж+сткого диска на IDEx соответствующий байт + При отсутствии жёсткого диска на IDEx соответствующий байт нулевой, при наличии показывает число распознанных разделов, которых может и не быть (если носитель не отформатирован или если файловая система не поддерживается). В текущей версии ядра - для ж+стких дисков поддерживаются только FAT16 и FAT32. + для жёстких дисков поддерживаются только FAT16 и FAT32. * +6: 4 db: зарезервировано Формат таблицы: полная версия: * +0: 10 db: такие же, как и в короткой версии @@ -850,14 +864,14 @@ ASCIIZ- db a,b,c,d для версии a.b.c.d db UID_xxx: одно из UID_NONE=0, UID_MENUET=1, UID_KOLIBRI=2 db 'name',0 - ASCIIZ-строка с именем -Для ядра Kolibri 0.5.3.1: -db 0,5,3,1 +Для ядра Kolibri 0.5.8.1: +db 0,5,8,1 db 2 db 'Kolibri',0 ====================================================================== ====================== Функция 18, подфункция 14 ===================== -======= Ожидать начала обратного хода луча разв+ртки монитора. ======= +======= Ожидать начала обратного хода луча развёртки монитора. ======= ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 18 - номер функции @@ -948,9 +962,9 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * cl = байт для вывода Возвращаемое значение (одинаково для обеих подфункций): * eax = 0 - успешно - * eax = 1 - не определ+н базовый порт + * eax = 1 - не определён базовый порт Замечания: - * Предварительно должен быть определ+н базовый порт вызовом + * Предварительно должен быть определён базовый порт вызовом подфункции 1 функции 21. ====================================================================== @@ -1069,9 +1083,9 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 ====================================================================== =========== Функция 21, подфункция 7 - установить базу HD. =========== ====================================================================== -База HD нужна для определения, на какой ж+сткий диск писать, при +База HD нужна для определения, на какой жёсткий диск писать, при использовании устаревших функций работы с файловой системой и функций, -неявно использующих ж+сткий диск (типа подфункции 6 функции 18); +неявно использующих жёсткий диск (типа подфункции 6 функции 18); при использовании функций 58 и 70 и современного синтаксиса /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 эти функции сами устанавливают базу. Параметры: @@ -1083,17 +1097,17 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 Замечания: * Любое приложение в любой момент времени может изменить базу. * Не следует изменять базу, когда какое-нибудь приложение работает - с ж+стким диском. Если не хотите глюков системы. + с жёстким диском. Если не хотите глюков системы. * Получить установленную базу можно вызовом подфункции 7 функции 26. - * Следует также определить используемый раздел ж+сткого диска + * Следует также определить используемый раздел жёсткого диска подфункцией 8. ====================================================================== ========== Функция 21, подфункция 8 - установить раздел HD. ========== ====================================================================== -Раздел HD нужен для определения, на какой раздел ж+сткого диска +Раздел HD нужен для определения, на какой раздел жёсткого диска писать, при использовании устаревших функций работы с файловой -системой и функций, неявно использующих ж+сткий диск (типа +системой и функций, неявно использующих жёсткий диск (типа подфункции 6 функции 18); при использовании функций 58 и 70 и современного синтаксиса /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 эти функции сами устанавливают базу и раздел. @@ -1106,13 +1120,13 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 Замечания: * Любое приложение в любой момент времени может изменить раздел. * Не следует изменять раздел, когда какое-нибудь приложение работает - с ж+стким диском. Если не хотите глюков системы. + с жёстким диском. Если не хотите глюков системы. * Получить установленный раздел можно вызовом подфункции 8 функции 26. * Проверок на корректность не делается. - * Узнать число разделов на ж+стком диске можно вызовом + * Узнать число разделов на жёстком диске можно вызовом подфункции 11 функции 18. - * Следует также определить используемую базу ж+сткого диска + * Следует также определить используемую базу жёсткого диска подфункцией 7. ====================================================================== @@ -1177,7 +1191,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * если драйвер загружен: * eax = 'MDAZ' (в стиле fasm'а, т.е. 'M' - младший байт, 'Z' - старший) - сигнатура - * ebx = текущая частота разв+ртки (в Гц) + * ebx = текущая частота развёртки (в Гц) * ecx разрушается * буфер, на который указывает edx, заполнен Формат буфера: @@ -1188,15 +1202,15 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * +36 = +0x24: 7*dword: зарезервировано (0 в текущей реализации) * +64 = +0x40: 32*word: список поддерживаемых видеорежимов (каждое слово - номер видеорежима, после собственно списка идут нули) - * +128 = +0x80: 32*(5*word): список поддерживаемых частот разв+рток + * +128 = +0x80: 32*(5*word): список поддерживаемых частот развёрток для видеорежимов: для каждого видеорежима, указанного в предыдущем поле, указано до 5 поддерживаемых частот (в неиспользуемых позициях записаны нули) Замечания: - * Функция инициализирует драйвер (если он ещ+ не инициализирован) + * Функция инициализирует драйвер (если он ещё не инициализирован) и должна вызываться первой, перед остальными (иначе они будут возвращать -1, ничего не делая). - * В текущей реализации поддерживается только одна частота разв+ртки + * В текущей реализации поддерживается только одна частота развёртки на видеорежим. ====================================================================== @@ -1211,13 +1225,13 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * eax = -1 - драйвер не загружен или не инициализирован; ebx,ecx разрушаются * eax = [ширина]*65536 + [высота] - * ebx = частота вертикальной разв+ртки (в Гц) + * ebx = частота вертикальной развёртки (в Гц) * ecx = номер текущего видеорежима Замечания: * Драйвер предварительно должен быть инициализирован вызовом функции драйвера 1. * Если нужны только размеры экрана, целесообразней использовать - функцию 14 с уч+том того, что она возвращает размеры на 1 меньше. + функцию 14 с учётом того, что она возвращает размеры на 1 меньше. ====================================================================== = Функция 21, подфункция 13, подподфункция 3 - установить видеорежим. @@ -1226,7 +1240,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * eax = 21 - номер функции * ebx = 13 - номер подфункции * ecx = 3 - номер функции драйвера - * edx = [частота разв+ртки]*65536 + [номер видеорежима] + * edx = [частота развёртки]*65536 + [номер видеорежима] Возвращаемое значение: * eax = -1 - драйвер не загружен, не инициализирован или произошла ошибка @@ -1311,7 +1325,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * Вообще-то CMOS поддерживает для будильника установку значения 0xFF в качестве одного из параметров и означает это, что соответствующий параметр игнорируется. Но в текущей реализации - это не пройд+т (верн+тся значение 1). + это не пройдёт (вернётся значение 1). * Будильник - глобальный системный ресурс; установка будильника автоматически отменяет предыдущую установку. Впрочем, на данный момент ни одна программа его не использует. @@ -1319,7 +1333,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 ====================================================================== ============== Функция 23 - ожидать события с таймаутом. ============= ====================================================================== -Если очередь сообщений пуста, жд+т появления сообщения в очереди, +Если очередь сообщений пуста, ждёт появления сообщения в очереди, но не более указанного времени. Затем считывает сообщение из очереди. Параметры: @@ -1335,8 +1349,8 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * Для проверки, есть ли сообщение в очереди, используйте функцию 11. Чтобы ждать сколь угодно долго, используйте функцию 10. * Передача ebx=0 приводит к моментальному возвращению eax=0. - * При текущей реализации произойд+т немедленный возврат из функции - с eax=0, если сложение ebx с текущим значением сч+тчика времени + * При текущей реализации произойдёт немедленный возврат из функции + с eax=0, если сложение ebx с текущим значением счётчика времени вызовет 32-битное переполнение. ====================================================================== @@ -1515,9 +1529,9 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 ====================================================================== ============ Функция 26, подфункция 7 - получить базу HD. ============ ====================================================================== -База HD нужна для определения, на какой ж+сткий диск писать, при +База HD нужна для определения, на какой жёсткий диск писать, при использовании устаревших функций работы с файловой системой и функций, -неявно использующих ж+сткий диск (типа подфункции 6 функции 18); +неявно использующих жёсткий диск (типа подфункции 6 функции 18); при использовании функций 58 и 70 и современного синтаксиса /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 эти функции сами устанавливают базу. Параметры: @@ -1528,14 +1542,14 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 Замечания: * Любое приложение в любой момент времени может изменить базу. * Установить базу можно вызовом подфункции 7 функции 21. - * Получить используемый раздел ж+сткого диска можно подфункцией 8. + * Получить используемый раздел жёсткого диска можно подфункцией 8. ====================================================================== =========== Функция 26, подфункция 8 - получить раздел HD. =========== ====================================================================== -Раздел HD нужен для определения, на какой раздел ж+сткого диска +Раздел HD нужен для определения, на какой раздел жёсткого диска писать, при использовании устаревших функций работы с файловой -системой и функций, неявно использующих ж+сткий диск (типа +системой и функций, неявно использующих жёсткий диск (типа подфункции 6 функции 18); при использовании функций 58 и 70 и современного синтаксиса /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 эти функции сами устанавливают базу и раздел. @@ -1547,12 +1561,12 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 Замечания: * Любое приложение в любой момент времени может изменить раздел. * Установить раздел можно вызовом подфункции 8 функции 21. - * Узнать число разделов на ж+стком диске можно вызовом + * Узнать число разделов на жёстком диске можно вызовом подфункции 11 функции 18. - * Получить используемую базу ж+сткого диска можно подфункцией 7. + * Получить используемую базу жёсткого диска можно подфункцией 7. ====================================================================== -=== Функция 26, подфункция 9 - получить значение сч+тчика времени. === +=== Функция 26, подфункция 9 - получить значение счётчика времени. === ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 26 - номер функции @@ -1561,7 +1575,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * eax = число сотых долей секунды, прошедших с момента запуска системы Замечания: - * Сч+тчик бер+тся по модулю 2^32, что соответствует немногим более + * Счётчик берётся по модулю 2^32, что соответствует немногим более 497 суток. * Системное время можно получить функцией 3. @@ -1580,13 +1594,13 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 ====================================================================== ====================== Функция 26, подфункция 11 ===================== -=========== Узнать, разреш+н ли низкоуровневый доступ к HD. ========== +=========== Узнать, разрешён ли низкоуровневый доступ к HD. ========== ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 26 - номер функции * ebx = 11 - номер подфункции Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = 0/1 - запрещ+н/разреш+н + * eax = 0/1 - запрещён/разрешён Замечания: * Используется при LBA-чтении (подфункция 8 функции 58). * Установить текущее состояние можно вызовом @@ -1594,13 +1608,13 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 ====================================================================== ====================== Функция 26, подфункция 12 ===================== -========== Узнать, разреш+н ли низкоуровневый доступ к PCI. ========== +========== Узнать, разрешён ли низкоуровневый доступ к PCI. ========== ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 26 - номер функции * ebx = 12 - номер подфункции Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = 0/1 - запрещ+н/разреш+н + * eax = 0/1 - запрещён/разрешён Замечания: * Используется при работе с шиной PCI (функция 62). * Текущая реализация использует только младший бит ecx. @@ -1683,6 +1697,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 дополненное при необходимости пробелами). Имя файла должно быть записано заглавными буквами. Завершающий символ с кодом 0 не нужен (не ASCIIZ-строка). + * Эта функция не поддерживает папок на рамдиске. ====================================================================== =============== Функция 33 - записать файл на рамдиск. =============== @@ -1696,10 +1711,10 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно, иначе код ошибки файловой системы Замечания: - * Эта функция устарела; функция 58 позволяет выполнять + * Эта функция устарела; функция 70 позволяет выполнять те же действия с расширенными возможностями. * Если указать ненулевое значение в esi и на рамдиске уже есть - указанный файл, то будет создан ещ+ один файл с тем же именем. + указанный файл, то будет создан ещё один файл с тем же именем. * В противном случае файл перезаписывается. * Имя файла должно быть либо в формате 8+3 символов (первые 8 символов - собственно имя, последние 3 - расширение, @@ -1709,6 +1724,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 дополненное при необходимости пробелами). Имя файла должно быть записано заглавными буквами. Завершающий символ с кодом 0 не нужен (не ASCIIZ-строка). + * Эта функция не поддерживает папок на рамдиске. ====================================================================== ============ Функция 35 - прочитать цвет точки на экране. ============ @@ -1750,7 +1766,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 Если y>=ywnd, то младшее слово неотрицательно и содержит относительную y-координату, а старшее - относительную x-координату (правильного знака). В противном случае младшее слово отрицательно - и вс+ равно содержит относительную y-координату, + и всё равно содержит относительную y-координату, а к старшему слову следует прибавить 1. ----------------- Подфункция 2 - нажатые кнопки мыши ----------------- @@ -1827,7 +1843,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 ======== Функция 40 - установить маску для ожидаемых событий. ======== ====================================================================== Маска для ожидаемых событий влияет на функции работы с событиями 10, -11, 23 - они сообщают только о событиях, разреш+нных этой маской. +11, 23 - они сообщают только о событиях, разрешённых этой маской. Параметры: * eax = 40 - номер функции * ebx = маска: бит i соответствует событию i+1 (см. список событий) @@ -1838,7 +1854,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * Маска по умолчанию (7=111b) разрешает извещения о перерисовке и нажатиях клавиш и кнопок. Этого достаточно для большинства приложений. - * События, запрещ+нные в маске, вс+ равно сохраняются, если + * События, запрещённые в маске, всё равно сохраняются, если приходят; о них просто не извещают функции работы с событиями. * Функции работы с событиями учитывают маску на момент вызова функции, а не на момент поступления сообщения. @@ -1871,8 +1887,8 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * eax = 0 * ecx = 1 * ebx разрушается - * если вс+ в порядке и данные были: - * eax = размер данных, ещ+ не прочитанных из буфера (в байтах) + * если всё в порядке и данные были: + * eax = размер данных, ещё не прочитанных из буфера (в байтах) * ecx = 0 * ebx = очередной байт Замечания: @@ -1900,7 +1916,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * ebx игнорируется * ecx = 0x8000nnnn, где nnnn = номер порта (от 0 до 0xFFFF) Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = 0 - успешно, при этом ebx = введ+нный байт + * eax = 0 - успешно, при этом ebx = введённый байт * eax = 1 - поток не зарезервировал данный порт Замечания: * Предварительно поток должен зарезервировать за собой @@ -1908,7 +1924,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * Для зарезервированных портов вместо вызова этих функций лучше использовать команды процессора in/out - это значительно быстрее и несколько короче и проще. Из незарезервированных - портов читать вс+ равно нельзя. + портов читать всё равно нельзя. ====================================================================== ======== Функция 44 - определить действия при поступлении IRQ. ======= @@ -2038,7 +2054,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 * ebx = 1 - номер подфункции * ecx = тип кнопок: * 0 = плоские - * 1 = объ+мные + * 1 = объёмные Возвращаемое значение: * функция не возвращает значения Замечания: @@ -2063,7 +2079,7 @@ db 'Kolibri',0 подфункцией 0. * Таблица стандартных цветов влияет только на приложения, которые эту таблицу явным образом получают (подфункцией 3) и - используют (указывая цвета из не+ при вызовах функций рисования). + используют (указывая цвета из неё при вызовах функций рисования). * Таблица стандартных цветов входит в скин и устанавливается заново при установке скина (подфункции 8). * Таблицу цветов можно просматривать/изменять интерактивно с помощью @@ -2098,11 +2114,11 @@ dword- Замечания: * Структура таблицы цветов описана в стандартном включаемом файле macros.inc под названием system_colors; например, можно писать: - sc system_colors ; объявление переменной - ... ; где-то надо вызвать - ; описываемую функцию с ecx=sc - mov ecx, [sc.work_button_text] ; читаем цвет текста - ; на кнопке в рабочей области + sc system_colors ; объявление переменной + ... ; где-то надо вызвать + ; описываемую функцию с ecx=sc + mov ecx, [sc.work_button_text] ; читаем цвет текста + ; на кнопке в рабочей области * Использование/неиспользование этих цветов - дело исключительно самой программы. Для использования нужно просто при вызове функций рисования указывать цвет, взятый из этой таблицы. @@ -2176,7 +2192,7 @@ dword- * Есть парная функция получения рабочей области - подфункция 5. * Эта функция автоматически перерисовывает экран, по ходу дела - обновляет координаты и положение максимизированных окон. + обновляет координаты и размеры максимизированных окон. Все окна извещаются о необходимости перерисовки (событие 1). ====================================================================== @@ -2209,7 +2225,7 @@ dword- поле промежуточного буфера и указано имя файла Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно - * иначе eax = код ошибки файловой системы; если файл не зада+т скин, + * иначе eax = код ошибки файловой системы; если файл не задаёт скин, то возвращается ошибка 3 (неизвестная файловая система). Замечания: * При успешной загрузке скина все окна извещаются о необходимости @@ -2244,7 +2260,7 @@ dword- ================= Функция 50 - установка формы окна. ================= ====================================================================== Обычные окна представляют собой прямоугольники. С помощью этой функции -окну можно придать произвольную форму. Форма зада+тся набором точек +окну можно придать произвольную форму. Форма задаётся набором точек внутри обрамляющего прямоугольника, принадлежащих окну. Положение и размеры обрамляющего прямоугольника задаются функцией 0 и изменяются функцией 67. @@ -2261,7 +2277,7 @@ dword- Параметры: * eax = 50 - номер функции * ebx = 1 - номер подфункции - * ecx зада+т масштаб: каждый байт данных определяет + * ecx задаёт масштаб: каждый байт данных определяет (2^scale)*(2^scale) пикселей Возвращаемое значение: * функция не возвращает значения @@ -2455,8 +2471,8 @@ dword- * eax = 53 - номер функции * ebx = 0 - номер подфункции * ecx = локальный порт (учитывается только младшее слово) - * edx = удал+нный порт (учитывается только младшее слово) - * esi = удал+нный IP + * edx = удалённый порт (учитывается только младшее слово) + * esi = удалённый IP Возвращаемое значение: * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - ошибка; ebx разрушается * eax = хэндл сокета (некоторое число, однозначно идентифицирующее @@ -2504,9 +2520,9 @@ dword- * ecx = хэндл сокета Возвращаемое значение: * если нет принятых данных: eax=0, bl=0, - прочие биты ebx разрушаются + прочие байты ebx разрушаются * если были принятые данные: eax=число оставшихся байт - (возможно, 0), bl=прочитанный байт, прочие биты ebx разрушаются + (возможно, 0), bl=прочитанный байт, прочие байты ebx разрушаются Замечания: * Проверки корректности не производится. @@ -2537,8 +2553,8 @@ dword- * eax = 53 - номер функции * ebx = 5 - номер подфункции * ecx = локальный порт (учитывается только младшее слово) - * edx = удал+нный порт (учитывается только младшее слово) - * esi = удал+нный IP + * edx = удалённый порт (учитывается только младшее слово) + * esi = удалённый IP * edi = режим открытия: SOCKET_PASSIVE=0 или SOCKET_ACTIVE=1 Возвращаемое значение: * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - ошибка; ebx разрушается @@ -2643,7 +2659,7 @@ dword- * 201: размер таблицы ARP (в элементах) (20 в текущей версии) * 202: прочитать элемент edx таблицы ARP во временный буфер, откуда берут информацию 5 последующих типов; - в этом случае eax неопредел+н + в этом случае eax неопределён * 203: IP-адрес, запомненный типом 202 * 204: старшее dword MAC-адреса, запомненного типом 202 * 205: младшее word MAC-адреса, запомненного типом 202 @@ -2679,9 +2695,9 @@ dword- * функция не возвращает значения Замечания: * Предварительно данные должны быть загружены подфункцией 0 и - определ+н их формат подфункцией 2. + определён их формат подфункцией 2. * Функция возвращает управление, когда началось проигрывание данных; - после этого проигрывание ид+т независимо от приложения (и вообще + после этого проигрывание идёт независимо от приложения (и вообще не требует загрузки процессора). * Предварительно должны быть определены базовый порт SB16 (подфункцией 4 функции 21) и канал DMA @@ -2719,18 +2735,18 @@ dword- * esi = указатель на данные Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно - * eax = 55 - ошибка (спикер отключ+н или занят) + * eax = 55 - ошибка (спикер отключён или занят) Данные - это массив элементов переменной длины. Формат каждого элемента определяется первым байтом: * 0 = конец данных - * 1..0x80 = зада+т длительность звучания в сотых долях секунды + * 1..0x80 = задаёт длительность звучания в сотых долях секунды ноты, определяемой непосредственным значением частоты * следующее слово (2 байта) содержит делитель частоты; частота определяется как 1193180/divider * 0x81 = invalid * 0x82..0xFF = нота, определяемая октавой и номером: * длительность в сотых долях секунды = (первый байт)-0x81 - * присутствует ещ+ один байт; + * присутствует ещё один байт; * (второй байт)=0xFF - пауза * иначе он имеет вид a*0x10+b, где b=номер ноты в октаве от 1 до 12, a=номер октавы (считая с 0) @@ -2738,12 +2754,12 @@ dword- * Пищание спикером может быть запрещено/разрешено подфункцией 8 функции 18. * Функция возвращает управление, сообщив куда следует информацию - о запросе. Само проигрывание ид+т независимо от программы. + о запросе. Само проигрывание идёт независимо от программы. * Данные должны сохраняться в памяти по крайней мере до конца проигрывания. ====================================================================== -============= Функция 56 - записать файл на ж+сткий диск. ============ +============= Функция 56 - записать файл на жёсткий диск. ============ ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 56 - номер функции @@ -2756,11 +2772,11 @@ dword- Замечания: * Эта функция устарела; функция 70 позволяет выполнять те же действия с расширенными возможностями. - * Данная функция предполагает, что во время е+ вызова одним + * Данная функция предполагает, что во время её вызова одним приложением никакое другое приложение не работает - с ж+стким диском. + с жёстким диском. * Путь к файлу - ASCIIZ-строка, которая может быть пустой - (если файл созда+тся в корневом каталоге) или иметь формат + (если файл создаётся в корневом каталоге) или иметь формат /d1/d2/.../dn, где все имена папок должны иметь формат 8+3, т.е. 8 символов имени и 3 символа расширения без разделителя, при необходимости дополненные пробелами; @@ -2795,7 +2811,7 @@ dword- * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 для доступа к рамдиску * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 для доступа к первому флоппи-дисководу, /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 для второго флоппи-дисковода - * /HD/x = /HARDDISK/x - устаревший вариант доступа к ж+сткому диску + * /HD/x = /HARDDISK/x - устаревший вариант доступа к жёсткому диску (в этом случае база определяется подфункцией 7 функции 21), x - номер раздела (считая с 1) * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x для доступа соответственно @@ -2814,6 +2830,7 @@ dword- Если имя занимает ровно 8 символов, точку можно опустить (хотя пользоваться этим не рекомендуется для удобства перехода на будущие расширения). + * Функция не поддерживает папок на рамдиске. Примеры: * '/RAMDISK/FIRST/KERNEL.ASM',0 '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 @@ -2827,9 +2844,6 @@ dword- * подфункция 4 - создание папки * подфункция 5 - переименование/перемещение файла/папки * подфункция 8 - LBA-чтение с устройства - * подфункция 12 - определение размера файла - * подфункция 13 - определение атрибутов файла/папки - * подфункция 14 - определение даты/времени файла/папки * подфункция 15 - получение информации о файловой системе * подфункция 16 - запуск приложения @@ -2846,7 +2860,7 @@ dword- * +12 = +0xC: dword: указатель на буфер, куда будут записаны данные * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер для работы системы (4096 байт) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно, иначе код ошибки файловой системы @@ -2861,7 +2875,7 @@ dword- документации по FAT. * Размер папки определяется по размеру цепочки кластеров в FAT. * Если файл кончился раньше, чем был прочитан последний запрошенный - блок, то функция прочитает, сколько сможет, после чего верн+т + блок, то функция прочитает, сколько сможет, после чего вернёт eax=6 (EOF). * Функция позволяет читать корневые папки /rd/1,/fd/x,/hd[n]/x, но в первых двух случаях текущая реализация не следует @@ -2875,7 +2889,7 @@ dword- 0x1C00=7168 байт; но возвращается ebx=0 (за исключением случая предыдущего пункта); * как ни странно, можно прочитать 14-й блок (там, вообще говоря, - мусор - напоминаю, сч+т вед+тся с 0); + мусор - напоминаю, счёт ведётся с 0); * если был запрошен хотя бы один блок с номером, не меньшим 14, то возвращается eax=6(EOF); иначе eax=0. Для /fd/x: @@ -2897,7 +2911,7 @@ dword- ====================================================================== ============ Функция 58, подфункция 1 - перезаписать файл. =========== ====================================================================== -Если файл не существует, он созда+тся. +Если файл не существует, он создаётся. Если файл существует, он перезаписывается. Параметры: * eax = 58 - номер функции @@ -2909,7 +2923,7 @@ dword- * +12 = +0xC: dword: указатель на данные для записи * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер для работы системы (4096 байт) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно, иначе код ошибки файловой системы @@ -2930,14 +2944,14 @@ dword- * +12 = +0xC: dword: игнорируется * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер для работы системы (4096 байт) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно, иначе код ошибки файловой системы * ebx разрушается Замечания: * При работе с дискетой не следует удалять непустую папку. - Код работы с ж+стким диском непустые папки удаляет корректно + Код работы с жёстким диском непустые папки удаляет корректно (т.е. рекурсивно со всеми файлами и вложенными папками). Рамдиск папок не поддерживает. @@ -2954,20 +2968,20 @@ dword- * +12 = +0xC: dword: указатель на данные для записи * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер для работы системы (4096 байт) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно, иначе код ошибки файловой системы * ebx разрушается Замечания: * Рамдиск и дискеты не поддерживают эту функцию, она только для - ж+стких дисков. + жёстких дисков. * Файл должен уже существовать (иначе возвращается 5, not found). Для создания файлов используйте подфункцию 1. * Если начальная позиция больше размера файла, возвращается eax=6(EOF). Если конечная позиция больше размера файла, файл расширяется. - * Код обработки записи данных для ж+сткого диска интерпретирует + * Код обработки записи данных для жёсткого диска интерпретирует нулевое значение поля +8 как указание усечения файла до размера, указанного в поле +4. Однако код обработки 58-й функции блокирует эту возможность для приложений, сразу возвращая управление @@ -2986,14 +3000,14 @@ dword- * +12 = +0xC: dword: игнорируется * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер для работы системы (4096 байт) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно, иначе код ошибки файловой системы * ebx разрушается Замечания: * Рамдиск и дискеты не поддерживают эту функцию, - она только для ж+стких дисков. + она только для жёстких дисков. ====================================================================== == Функция 58, подфункция 5 - переименовать/переместить файл/папку. == @@ -3008,21 +3022,21 @@ dword- * +12 = +0xC: dword: игнорируется * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер для работы системы (4096 байт) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании * +20+n: (сразу после завершающего нулевого символа) новое ASCIIZ-имя, должно начинаться с /hd/1, что интерпретируется как - ж+сткий диск, указанный в первом имени + жёсткий диск, указанный в первом имени (перемещение с одного диска на другой не поддерживается) Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно, иначе код ошибки файловой системы * ebx разрушается Замечания: * Рамдиск и дискеты не поддерживают эту функцию, - она только для ж+стких дисков. + она только для жёстких дисков. * Если новое ASCIIZ-имя сильно неправильное, т.е. не начинается с /hd/1, /hd/first, /harddisk/1, /harddisk/first или после этого - начала ид+т пробел или символ с кодом 0, то функция возвращает, + начала идёт пробел или символ с кодом 0, то функция возвращает, как ни странно, код ошибки 4. Это единственная функция, которая вообще возвращает этот код. @@ -3054,7 +3068,7 @@ dword- (за исключением предыдущего случая): * eax = 5 * ebx не меняется - * если LBA-доступ запрещ+н подфункцией 11 функции 21: + * если LBA-доступ запрещён подфункцией 11 функции 21: * eax = 2 * ebx разрушается * для рамдиска: попытка чтения блока за пределами рамдиска @@ -3067,17 +3081,17 @@ dword- * Размер блока - 512 байт; читается один блок. * Не следует полагаться на возвращаемое значение, оно может измениться в следующих версиях. - * Требуется, чтобы был разреш+н LBA-доступ к устройствам + * Требуется, чтобы был разрешён LBA-доступ к устройствам подфункцией 11 функции 21. Узнать это можно вызовом подфункцией 11 функции 26. * LBA-чтение дискеты не поддерживается. - * Функция считывает данные физического ж+сткого диска; + * Функция считывает данные физического жёсткого диска; если по каким-то причинам нужны данные конкретного раздела, - прид+тся определять начальный сектор этого раздела + придётся определять начальный сектор этого раздела (либо напрямую через MBR, либо из расширенной структуры, возвращаемой той же подфункцией 11 функции 18). - * Функция не проверяет код ошибки ж+сткого диска, так что запрос - несуществующего сектора вс+ равно что-то прочитает + * Функция не проверяет код ошибки жёсткого диска, так что запрос + несуществующего сектора всё равно что-то прочитает (вероятнее всего, нули, но это определяется устройством) и это будет считаться успехом (eax=0). @@ -3088,7 +3102,7 @@ dword- * eax = 58 - номер функции * ebx = указатель на информационную структуру Формат информационной структуры: - * +0: dword: 15 = номер функции + * +0: dword: 15 = номер подфункции * +4: dword: игнорируется * +8: dword: игнорируется * +12 = +0xC: dword: игнорируется @@ -3104,7 +3118,7 @@ dword- * ebx = общее число кластеров = 2847 * ecx = число свободных кластеров * dword [fileinfo] = размер кластера = 512 - * для ж+сткого диска: база и раздел определяются подфункциями 7 и 8 + * для жёсткого диска: база и раздел определяются подфункциями 7 и 8 функции 21: * eax = 0 (успех) * ebx = общее число кластеров @@ -3117,10 +3131,10 @@ dword- pushad-структуры, передающейся как аргумент системной функции). Теперь это исправлено, так что, возможно, имеет смысл возвращать размер кластера в edx, пока эту функцию не начали использовать. - * Вообще-то ещ+ существует подфункция 11 функции 18, возвращающая + * Вообще-то ещё существует подфункция 11 функции 18, возвращающая информацию о файловой системе. По расширенной таблице дисковой подсистемы можно определить размер кластера (там он хранится - в секторах) и общее число кластеров для ж+стких дисков. + в секторах) и общее число кластеров для жёстких дисков. ====================================================================== ========== Функция 58, подфункция 16 - запустить программу. ========== @@ -3137,7 +3151,7 @@ dword- * +12 = +0xC: dword: игнорируется * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер для работы системы (4096 байт) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании Возвращаемое значение: * eax > 0 - программа загружена, eax содержит PID @@ -3145,11 +3159,11 @@ dword- код ошибки файловой системы Замечания: * Эта функция устарела, используйте подфункцию 7 функции 70. - * Командная строка должна заканчиваться символом с кодом 0 + * Комадная строка должна заканчиваться символом с кодом 0 (ASCIIZ-строка); учитываются либо все символы до завершающего нуля включительно, либо первые 256 символов, в зависимости от того, что меньше. - * Если процесс запускается как отлаживаемый, он созда+тся + * Если процесс запускается как отлаживаемый, он создаётся в замороженном состоянии; для запуска используйте подфункцию 5 функции 69. @@ -3187,7 +3201,7 @@ dword- из ядра убрать совсем, вместе с приложением systrace. * Информация о системных вызовах сохраняется в системном кольцевом буфере на 0x10 входов. - Эта функция просто копирует указанный объ+м данных + Эта функция просто копирует указанный объём данных из упомянутого буфера по указанному адресу. * Какой из входов в буфере соответствует последнему вызову, можно определить по значению eax, а именно, @@ -3210,7 +3224,7 @@ IPC интерпретировать конкретное сообщение. -------- Подфункция 1 - установить область для получения IPC --------- -Вызывается процессом-при+мником. +Вызывается процессом-приёмником. Параметры: * eax = 60 - номер функции * ebx = 1 - номер подфункции @@ -3237,21 +3251,21 @@ IPC Параметры: * eax = 60 - номер функции * ebx = 2 - номер подфункции - * ecx = PID при+мника + * ecx = PID приёмника * edx = указатель на данные сообщения * esi = длина сообщения (в байтах) Возвращаемое значение: * eax = 0 - успешно - * eax = 1 - при+мник не определил буфер для IPC-сообщений - (может быть, ещ+ не успел, а может быть, это не тот поток, + * eax = 1 - приёмник не определил буфер для IPC-сообщений + (может быть, ещё не успел, а может быть, это не тот поток, который нужен) - * eax = 2 - при+мник заблокировал IPC-буфер; + * eax = 2 - приёмник заблокировал IPC-буфер; попробуйте немного подождать - * eax = 3 - переполнение IPC-буфера при+мника + * eax = 3 - переполнение IPC-буфера приёмника * eax = 4 - процесса/потока с таким PID не существует Замечания: * Система сразу после записи IPC-сообщения в буфер посылает - потоку-при+мнику событие с кодом 7 (см. коды событий). + потоку-приёмнику событие с кодом 7 (см. коды событий). ====================================================================== === Функция 61 - получить параметры для прямого доступа к графике. === @@ -3259,10 +3273,10 @@ IPC Программе доступны данные графического экрана (область памяти, которая собственно и отображает содержимое экрана) напрямую без вызовов системных функций через селектор gs: - mov eax, [gs:0] + mov eax, [gs:0] поместит в eax первый dword буфера, содержащий информацию о цвете левой верхней точки (и, возможно, цвета нескольких следующих). - mov [gs:0], eax + mov [gs:0], eax при работе в режимах VESA c LFB установит цвет левой верхней точки (и возможно, цвета нескольких следующих). @@ -3280,7 +3294,7 @@ IPC собственно LFB, так что чтение/запись по gs приводят непосредственно к изменению содержимого экрана. При работе в видеорежимах без LFB gs указывает на некоторую область данных - ядра, прич+м все функции вывода на экран добросовестно выполняют + ядра, причём все функции вывода на экран добросовестно выполняют двойную работу по записи непосредственно на экран и по записи в этот буфер. В результате при чтении содержимого этого буфера результаты соответствуют содержимому экрана @@ -3297,7 +3311,7 @@ IPC Возвращаемое значение: * eax = [разрешение по оси x]*65536 + [разрешение по оси y] Замечания: - * Можно использовать функцию 14 с уч+том того, что она возвращает + * Можно использовать функцию 14 с учётом того, что она возвращает размеры на 1 меньше. Это полностью эквивалентный способ. ------------------------ Число бит на пиксель ------------------------ @@ -3312,7 +3326,7 @@ IPC * eax = 61 - номер функции * ebx = 3 - номер подфункции Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = число байт, которое занимает одна строка разв+ртки + * eax = число байт, которое занимает одна строка развёртки (горизонтальная линия на экране) ====================================================================== @@ -3322,13 +3336,13 @@ IPC * eax = 62 - номер функции * bl = 0 - номер подфункции Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = -1 - доступ к PCI запрещ+н; иначе + * eax = -1 - доступ к PCI запрещён; иначе * ah.al = версия PCI-интерфейса (ah=версия, al=подверсия) * старшее слово eax обнулено Замечания: - * Предварительно должен быть разреш+н низкоуровневый доступ к PCI + * Предварительно должен быть разрешён низкоуровневый доступ к PCI для приложений подфункцией 12 функции 21. - * Если PCI BIOS не поддерживается, то значение ax не определено. + * Если PCI BIOS не поддерживается, то значение ax неопределено. ====================================================================== ==== Функция 62, подфункция 1 - получить номер последней PCI-шины. === @@ -3337,12 +3351,12 @@ IPC * eax = 62 - номер функции * bl = 1 - номер подфункции Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = -1 - доступ к PCI запрещ+н; иначе - * al = номер последней PCI-шины; оставшиеся биты eax разрушаются + * eax = -1 - доступ к PCI запрещён; иначе + * al = номер последней PCI-шины; оставшиеся байты eax разрушаются Замечания: - * Предварительно должен быть разреш+н низкоуровневый доступ к PCI + * Предварительно должен быть разрешён низкоуровневый доступ к PCI для приложений подфункцией 12 функции 21. - * Если PCI BIOS не поддерживается, то значение al не определено. + * Если PCI BIOS не поддерживается, то значение al неопределено. ====================================================================== ====================== Функция 62, подфункция 2 ====================== @@ -3352,10 +3366,10 @@ IPC * eax = 62 - номер функции * bl = 2 - номер подфункции Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = -1 - доступ к PCI запрещ+н; иначе - * al = механизм (1 или 2); прочие биты eax разрушаются + * eax = -1 - доступ к PCI запрещён; иначе + * al = механизм (1 или 2); прочие байты eax разрушаются Замечания: - * Предварительно должен быть разреш+н низкоуровневый доступ к PCI + * Предварительно должен быть разрешён низкоуровневый доступ к PCI для приложений подфункцией 12 функции 21. * Механизм обращения выбирается в соответствии с характеристиками оборудования. @@ -3373,15 +3387,15 @@ IPC * bh = номер PCI-шины * ch = dddddfff, где ddddd = номер устройства на шине, fff = номер функции устройства - * cl = номер регистра (должен быть ч+тным для bl=5, + * cl = номер регистра (должен быть чётным для bl=5, делиться на 4 для bl=6) Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = -1 - ошибка (запрещ+н доступ к PCI или + * eax = -1 - ошибка (запрещён доступ к PCI или неподдерживаемые параметры); иначе * al/ax/eax (в зависимости от запрошенного размера) содержит данные; оставшаяся часть регистра eax разрушается Замечания: - * Предварительно должен быть разреш+н низкоуровневый доступ к PCI + * Предварительно должен быть разрешён низкоуровневый доступ к PCI для приложений подфункцией 12 функции 21. * Механизм доступа 2 поддерживает только 16 устройств на шине и игнорирует номер функции. Получить механизм доступа можно вызовом @@ -3404,16 +3418,16 @@ IPC * bh = номер PCI-шины * ch = dddddfff, где ddddd = номер устройства на шине, fff = номер функции устройства - * cl = номер регистра (должен быть ч+тным для bl=9, + * cl = номер регистра (должен быть чётным для bl=9, делиться на 4 для bl=10) * dl/dx/edx (в зависимости от запрошенного размера) содержит данные для записи Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = -1 - ошибка (запрещ+н доступ к PCI или + * eax = -1 - ошибка (запрещён доступ к PCI или неподдерживаемые параметры) * eax = 0 - успешно Замечания: - * Предварительно должен быть разреш+н низкоуровневый доступ к PCI + * Предварительно должен быть разрешён низкоуровневый доступ к PCI для приложений подфункцией 12 функции 21. * Механизм доступа 2 поддерживает только 16 устройств на шине и игнорирует номер функции. Получить механизм доступа можно вызовом @@ -3431,16 +3445,16 @@ IPC данные и из которого другая программа может эти данные прочитать. Есть соглашение, в соответствии с которым записываемые данные - текстовые строки, интерпретируемые как отладочные сообщения о ходе -выполнения программы. Ядро в определ+нных ситуациях также записывает +выполнения программы. Ядро в определённых ситуациях также записывает на доску отладки сведения о выполнении некоторых функций; по соглашению сообщения ядра начинаются с префикса "K : ". Для просмотра доски отладки создано приложение board, -которое считывает данные из буфера и отображает их в сво+м окне. board +которое считывает данные из буфера и отображает их в своём окне. board понимает последовательность кодов 13,10 как переход на новую строку. Символ с нулевым кодом в конце строки не обязателен, но и не мешает. В связи с появлением отладчика ценность доски отладки несколько снизилась, поскольку отладчик позволяет полностью контролировать ход -выполнения программы, прич+м для этого не требуется никаких усилий +выполнения программы, причём для этого не требуется никаких усилий со стороны самой программы. Тем не менее во многих случаях доска отладки продолжает оставаться полезной. @@ -3487,7 +3501,7 @@ IPC ================= Функция 66 - работа с клавиатурой. ================= ====================================================================== Режим ввода влияет на результаты чтения клавиш функцией 2. -При загрузке программы для не+ устанавливается ASCII-режим ввода. +При загрузке программы для неё устанавливается ASCII-режим ввода. -------- Подфункция 1 - установить режим ввода с клавиатуры. --------- Параметры: @@ -3518,14 +3532,14 @@ IPC * бит 3 (маска 8): правый Ctrl нажат * бит 4 (маска 0x10): левый Alt нажат * бит 5 (маска 0x20): правый Alt нажат - * бит 6 (маска 0x40): CapsLock включ+н - * бит 7 (маска 0x80): NumLock включ+н - * бит 8 (маска 0x100): ScrollLock включ+н + * бит 6 (маска 0x40): CapsLock включён + * бит 7 (маска 0x80): NumLock включён + * бит 8 (маска 0x100): ScrollLock включён * прочие биты сброшены ----- Подфункция 4 - установить общесистемную "горячую клавишу". ----- О нажатии "горячей клавиши" извещаются только приложения, -установившие е+; активное приложение (к которому поступает +установившие её; активное приложение (к которому поступает весь нормальный ввод) таких клавиш не получает. Извещение заключается в посылке события с кодом 2. Прочитать "горячую клавишу" можно так же, как и обычную, - @@ -3533,10 +3547,10 @@ IPC Параметры: * eax = 66 - номер функции * ebx = 4 - номер подфункции - * cl зада+т сканкод клавиши; + * cl задаёт сканкод клавиши; используйте cl=0 для задания комбинаций типа Ctrl+Shift - * edx = 0xXYZ зада+т возможные состояния управляющих клавиш: - * Z (младшие 4 бита) зада+т состояние клавиш LShift и RShift: + * edx = 0xXYZ задаёт возможные состояния управляющих клавиш: + * Z (младшие 4 бита) задаёт состояние клавиш LShift и RShift: * 0 = ни одна из клавиш не должна быть нажата; * 1 = ровно одна из клавиш должна быть нажата; * 2 = обе клавиши должны быть нажаты; @@ -3584,7 +3598,7 @@ IPC * Значение -1 для параметра означает "не изменять"; например, для перемещения окна без изменения размеров можно указать edx=esi=-1. * Предварительно окно должно быть определено функцией 0. - Она же зада+т начальные координаты и размеры окна. + Она же задаёт начальные координаты и размеры окна. * Размеры окна понимаются в смысле функции 0, т.е. на один пиксель меньше, чем реальные размеры. * Вызов функции для максимизированных окон просто игнорируется. @@ -3594,7 +3608,7 @@ IPC * Функция посылает окну событие перерисовки (с кодом 1). ====================================================================== -=== Функция 68, подфункция 0 - получить сч+тчик переключений задач. == +=== Функция 68, подфункция 0 - получить счётчик переключений задач. == ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 68 - номер функции @@ -3610,7 +3624,7 @@ IPC Функция завершает текущий квант времени, выделенный потоку, и переключается на следующий. (Какой поток какого процесса будет следующим, предсказать нельзя). -Позднее, когда до текущего потока дойд+т очередь, +Позднее, когда до текущего потока дойдёт очередь, выполнение возобновится. Параметры: * eax = 68 - номер функции @@ -3627,7 +3641,7 @@ IPC * ecx = требуемое действие: * ecx = 0 - разрешить выполнение инструкции rdpmc (ReaD Performance-Monitoring Counters) - * ecx = 1 - узнать, включ+н/выключен кэш + * ecx = 1 - узнать, включён/выключен кэш * ecx = 2 - включить кэш * ecx = 3 - выключить кэш Возвращаемое значение: @@ -3635,7 +3649,7 @@ IPC * eax = значение cr4 * для ecx=1: * eax = (cr0 and 0x60000000): - * eax = 0 - кэш включ+н + * eax = 0 - кэш включён * eax <> 0 - кэш выключен * для ecx=2 и ecx=3: * функция не возвращает значения @@ -3646,7 +3660,7 @@ IPC MSR = Model Specific Register; полный список MSR-регистров процессора содержится в документации по процессору (например, IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); -каждое семейство процессоров имеет сво+ подмножество MSR-регистров. +каждое семейство процессоров имеет своё подмножество MSR-регистров. Параметры: * eax = 68 - номер функции * ebx = 3 - номер подфункции @@ -3656,10 +3670,10 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * ebx:eax = старший:младший dword результата Замечания: * Указание в ecx несуществующего или нереализованного для данного - процессора MSR повлеч+т исключение в ядре, которое прибь+т поток. + процессора MSR повлечёт исключение в ядре, которое прибьёт поток. * Предварительно следует определить, поддерживаются ли MSR в целом, командой cpuid. Иначе возникнет уже другое исключение в ядре, - которое вс+ равно прибь+т поток. + которое всё равно прибьёт поток. ====================================================================== ========= Функция 68, подфункция 4 - записать в MSR-регистр. ========= @@ -3667,7 +3681,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); MSR = Model Specific Register; полный список MSR-регистров процессора содержится в документации по процессору (например, IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); -каждое семейство процессоров имеет сво+ подмножество MSR-регистров. +каждое семейство процессоров имеет своё подмножество MSR-регистров. Параметры: * eax = 68 - номер функции * ebx = 4 - номер подфункции @@ -3678,10 +3692,10 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * ebx:eax = копия esi:edi Замечания: * Указание в ecx несуществующего или нереализованного для данного - процессора MSR повлеч+т исключение в ядре, которое прибь+т поток. + процессора MSR повлечёт исключение в ядре, которое прибьёт поток. * Предварительно следует определить, поддерживаются ли MSR в целом, командой cpuid. Иначе возникнет уже другое исключение в ядре, - которое вс+ равно прибь+т поток. + которое всё равно прибьёт поток. ====================================================================== ======= Функция 68, подфункция 5 - выделить физическую память. ======= @@ -3698,7 +3712,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); устройством требуется разместить данные по известному физическому адресу. (В сущности, эта функция разрабатывалась для AC97WAV.) * Число блоков физической памяти ограничено (константой 24, - прич+м эта константа включает и несколько блоков памяти + причём эта константа включает и несколько блоков памяти для надобностей ядра). * Освободить выделенную таким образом память можно подфункцией 6, копированием данных туда/обратно @@ -3764,11 +3778,12 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); ======================== Функция 69 - отладка. ======================= ====================================================================== Процесс может загрузить другой процесс как отлаживаемый установкой -соответствующего бита при вызове подфункции 16 функции 58. +соответствующего бита при вызове подфункции 16 функции 58 +или подфункции 7 функции 70. У процесса может быть только один отладчик; один процесс может отлаживать несколько разных. Система уведомляет отладчик о событиях, происходящих с отлаживаемым процессом. Сообщения записываются в буфер, -определ+нный подфункцией 0. +определённый подфункцией 0. Формат сообщения: * +0: dword: код сообщения * +4: dword: PID отлаживаемого процесса @@ -3776,14 +3791,14 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); определяемые кодом сообщения Коды сообщений: * 1 = исключение - * дополнительно переда+тся dword-номер исключения + * дополнительно передаётся dword-номер исключения * процесс приостановлен * 2 = процесс завершился * приходит при любом завершении: как через системную функцию -1, так и при "убийстве" любым другим процессом (в том числе самим отладчиком) * 3 = отладочное исключение int 1 = #DB - * дополнительно переда+тся dword-образ регистра DR6: + * дополнительно передаётся dword-образ регистра DR6: * биты 0-3: выполнено условие соответствующей точки останова (установленной подфункцией 9) * бит 14: исключение произошло из-за режима @@ -3794,7 +3809,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); подфункцией 3. Все подфункции применимы только к процессам/потокам, запущенным -из текущего функцией 58 с установленным флагом отладки. +из текущего функцией 58 или 70 с установленным флагом отладки. Отладка многопоточных программ пока не поддерживается. Полный список подфункций: * подфункция 0 - определить область данных для отладочных сообщений @@ -3827,7 +3842,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); и при поступлении нового сообщения система будет ждать. Для синхронизации обрамляйте всю работу с буфером операциями блокировки/разблокировки - neg [bufsize] + neg [bufsize] * Данные в буфере трактуются как массив элементов переменной длины - сообщений. Формат сообщения указан в общем описании. @@ -3840,6 +3855,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * ebx = 1 - номер подфункции * ecx = идентификатор потока * edx = длина структуры контекста, должно быть 0x28=40 байт + * esi = указатель на структуру контекста Возвращаемое значение: * функция не возвращает значения Формат структуры контекста: (FPU пока не поддерживается) @@ -3868,6 +3884,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * ebx = 2 - номер подфункции * ecx = идентификатор потока * edx = длина структуры контекста, должно быть 0x28=40 байт + * esi = указатель на структуру контекста Возвращаемое значение: * функция не возвращает значения Формат структуры контекста указан в описании подфункции 1. @@ -3990,7 +4007,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * 01 = слово * 11 = двойное слово * esi = адрес точки останова; должен быть выровнен - соответственно длине (т.е. должен быть ч+тным для + соответственно длине (т.е. должен быть чётным для точек останова на слово, кратен 4 для двойного слова) * если старший бит установлен - сбросить точку останова Возвращаемое значение: @@ -4010,10 +4027,10 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * Срабатывание точки останова заключается в генерировании отладочного исключения #DB, о котором система сообщает отладчику. * Точка останова на запись и чтение/запись срабатывает после - выполнения вызвавшей е+ инструкции. + выполнения вызвавшей её инструкции. ====================================================================== -= Функция 70 - работа с файловой системой с поддержкой длинных им+н. = += Функция 70 - работа с файловой системой с поддержкой длинных имён. = ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 70 @@ -4043,13 +4060,13 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 для доступа к первому флоппи-дисководу, /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 для второго флоппи-дисковода * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x для доступа соответственно - к ж+стким дискам на IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), + к жёстким дискам на IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); x - номер раздела на выбранном винчестере, изменяется от 1 до 255 (на каждом из винчестеров нумерация начинается с 1) * /CD0/1, /CD1/1, /CD2/1, /CD3/1 для доступа соответственно к CD на IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), - IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slace) + IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave) Примеры: * '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 @@ -4062,9 +4079,12 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * подфункция 5 - получение атрибутов файла/папки * подфункция 6 - установка атрибутов файла/папки * подфункция 7 - запуск программы +Для CD-приводов в связи с аппаратными ограничениями доступны +только подфункции 0,1,5 и 7, вызов других подфункций завершится +ошибкой с кодом 2. ====================================================================== -= Функция 70, подфункция 0 - чтение файла с поддержкой длинных им+н. = += Функция 70, подфункция 0 - чтение файла с поддержкой длинных имён. = ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 70 - номер функции @@ -4075,7 +4095,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * +8: dword: 0 (зарезервировано под старший dword позиции) * +12 = +0xC: dword: сколько байт читать * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер, куда будут записаны данные - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании или * +20 = +0x14: db 0 @@ -4086,13 +4106,13 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); -1=0xffffffff, если файл не найден Замечания: * Если файл кончился раньше, чем был прочитан последний запрошенный - блок, то функция прочитает, сколько сможет, после чего верн+т + блок, то функция прочитает, сколько сможет, после чего вернёт eax=6 (EOF). * Функция не позволяет читать папки - (верн+тся eax=10, access denied). + (вернётся eax=10, access denied). ====================================================================== -= Функция 70, подфункция 1 - чтение папки с поддержкой длинных им+н. = += Функция 70, подфункция 1 - чтение папки с поддержкой длинных имён. = ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 70 - номер функции @@ -4108,7 +4128,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * +12 = +0xC: dword: сколько блоков читать * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер, куда будут записаны данные, размер буфера должен быть не меньше 32 + [+12]*560 байт - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя папки, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя папки, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании или * +20 = +0x14: db 0 @@ -4124,7 +4144,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * ... Структура заголовка: * +0: dword: версия структуры (текущая версия = 1) - * +4: dword: количество размещ+нных блоков; не больше, чем запрошено + * +4: dword: количество размещённых блоков; не больше, чем запрошено в поле +12 информационной структуры; может быть меньше, если в папке кончились файлы (то же самое, что и в ebx) * +8: dword: общее число файлов в папке @@ -4181,7 +4201,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); данные содержат мусор. * Если файлы в папке кончились раньше, чем было прочитано запрошенное количество, то функция прочитает, сколько сможет, - после чего верн+т eax=6 (EOF). + после чего вернёт eax=6 (EOF). * Любая папка на диске, кроме корневой, содержит два специальных входа "." и "..", идентифицирующих соответственно саму папку и родительскую папку. @@ -4192,7 +4212,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); ====================================================================== ====================== Функция 70, подфункция 2 ====================== -======== Создание/перезапись файла с поддержкой длинных им+н. ======== +======== Создание/перезапись файла с поддержкой длинных имён. ======== ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 70 - номер функции @@ -4203,7 +4223,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * +8: dword: 0 (зарезервировано) * +12 = +0xC: dword: сколько байт писать * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на данные - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании или * +20 = +0x14: db 0 @@ -4212,10 +4232,11 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * eax = 0 - успешно, иначе код ошибки файловой системы * ebx = число записанных байт (возможно, 0) Замечания: - * Если файл с таким именем не существовал, он созда+тся; если + * Если файл с таким именем не существовал, он создаётся; если существовал, то перезаписывается. * Если свободного места на диске недостаточно, то функция запишет, - сколько сможет, после чего верн+т код ошибки 8. + сколько сможет, после чего вернёт код ошибки 8. + * Функция не поддерживается для CD (вернётся код ошибки 2). ====================================================================== === Функция 70, подфункция 5 - получение информации о файле/папке. === @@ -4230,7 +4251,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (зарезервировано) * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер, куда будут записаны данные (40 байт) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании или * +20 = +0x14: db 0 @@ -4258,7 +4279,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * +8: dword: 0 (зарезервировано) * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (зарезервировано) * +16 = +0x10: dword: указатель на буфер с атрибутами (32 байта) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании или * +20 = +0x14: db 0 @@ -4274,6 +4295,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); Замечания: * Функция не поддерживает виртуальные папки типа /, /rd и корневые папки типа /rd/1. + * Функция не поддерживается для CD (вернётся код ошибки 2). ====================================================================== ============ Функция 70, подфункция 7 - запуск программы. ============ @@ -4289,7 +4311,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * +8: dword: 0 или указатель на ASCIIZ-строку с параметрами * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (зарезервировано) * +16 = +0x10: dword: 0 (зарезервировано) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования им+н указаны в + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-имя файла, правила формирования имён указаны в общем описании или * +20 = +0x14: db 0 @@ -4304,25 +4326,24 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); (ASCIIZ-строка); учитываются либо все символы до завершающего нуля включительно, либо первые 256 символов, в зависимости от того, что меньше. - * Если процесс запускается как отлаживаемый, он созда+тся + * Если процесс запускается как отлаживаемый, он создаётся в замороженном состоянии; для запуска используйте подфункцию 5 функции 69. ====================================================================== -====== Функция 71, подфункция 1 - установить заголовок программы ===== +=== Функция 71, подфункция 1 - установить заголовок окна программы. == ====================================================================== Параметры: * eax = 71 - номер функции * ebx = 1 - номер подфункции - * eсx = адрес строки заголовка + * ecx = адрес строки заголовка Возвращаемое значение: - * eax = 0 - заголовок установлен успешно - * eax = 1 - произошла ошибка + * функция не возвращает значения Замечания: * Строка заголовка должна быть в формате ASCIIZ. В заголовке - отображается не более 255 символовб независимо от реальной длины + отображается не более 255 символов независимо от полной длины строки. - * Чтобы убрать заголовок, передайте NULL в ecx + * Чтобы убрать заголовок, передайте NULL в ecx. ====================================================================== ========== Функция -1 - завершить выполнение потока/процесса ========= @@ -4353,7 +4374,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * 2 = нажата клавиша на клавиатуре (поступает, только когда окно активно) или нажата "горячая клавиша"; сбрасывается, когда все клавиши из буфера считаны функцией 2 - * 3 = нажата кнопка, определ+нная ранее функцией 8 (или кнопка + * 3 = нажата кнопка, определённая ранее функцией 8 (или кнопка закрытия, созданная неявно функцией 0; кнопка минимизации обрабатывается системой и о ней сообщения не приходит; поступает, только когда окно активно; сбрасывается, когда все @@ -4362,7 +4383,7 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); при размаскировке функцией 40) * 5 = перерисовывается фон рабочего стола (сбрасывается автоматически после перерисовки, так что если во время перерисовки - фона программа не жд+т и не проверяет события, то этого события + фона программа не ждёт и не проверяет события, то этого события она не заметит) * 6 = событие от мыши (что-то случилось - нажатие на кнопку мыши или перемещение; сбрасывается при прочтении) @@ -4379,10 +4400,9 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); ==================== Коды ошибок файловой системы ==================== ====================================================================== * 0 = успешно - * 1 = не определена база и/или раздел ж+сткого диска (подфункциями + * 1 = не определена база и/или раздел жёсткого диска (подфункциями 7, 8 функции 21) * 2 = функция не поддерживается для данной файловой системы - (возвращается в случае попытки LBA-чтения при запрещ+нном LBA) * 3 = неизвестная файловая система * 4 = возвращается только функцией rename при передаче сильно неверного параметра и никак не соответствует описанию @@ -4392,10 +4412,9 @@ Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); * 7 = указатель вне памяти приложения * 8 = диск заполнен * 9 = таблица FAT разрушена - * 10 = доступ запрещ+н + * 10 = доступ запрещён * 11 = ошибка устройства При запуске программы возможны также следующие коды ошибок: * 30 = 0x1E = недостаточно памяти * 31 = 0x1F = файл не является исполнимым * 32 = 0x20 = слишком много процессов - diff --git a/kernel/trunk/docs/sysfuncs.txt b/kernel/trunk/docs/sysfuncs.txt index 8b330ea3f5..2c14c2ecef 100644 --- a/kernel/trunk/docs/sysfuncs.txt +++ b/kernel/trunk/docs/sysfuncs.txt @@ -1,2489 +1,2550 @@ SYSTEM FUNCTIONS of OS Kolibri 0.5.8.1 Number of the function is located in the register eax. -The call of the system function is carried out by the command "int 0x40". -All registers, except for obviously indicated in returned value, -including the register of flags eflags, are saved. +The call of the system function is executed by "int 0x40" command. +All registers except explicitly declared in the returned value, + including eflags, are preserved. ====================================================================== ============== Function 0 - define and draw the window. ============== ====================================================================== Defines an application window. Draws a frame of the window, header and -working area. For windows with ёъшэюь defines standard buttons of closing -and minimization. +working area. For windows with skin defines standard buttons for close +and minimize. Parameters: - * eax = 0 - number of the function + * eax = 0 - function number * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] * edx = 0xXYRRGGBB, where: * Y = style of the window: - * Y=0 - type I - window of the fixed sizes - * Y=1 - only to define window area, nothing to draw - * Y=2 - type II - window with changed sizes - * Y=3 - window with skinned - * other possible values (from 4 up to 15) reserved, + * Y=0 - type I - window of the fixed size + * Y=1 - only define window area, draw nothing + * Y=2 - type II - window of the variable size + * Y=3 - window with skin + * other possible values (from 4 up to 15) are reserved, function call with such Y is ignored - * RR, GG, BB = accordingly red, green, blue - colours of a working area of the window - (is ignored for style Y=2) + * RR, GG, BB = accordingly red, green, blue components of a color + of the working area of the window (are ignored for style Y=2) * X = DCBA (bits) - * A = 1 - window has caption; if Y=3, caption string address could be passed in edi, - otherwise use function 71 subfunction 1 - * B = 1 - draw all graphics primitives relative to window client area - * C - reserved - * D = 8 - fill client area with gradient - other values are reserved - The following parameters are intended for windows of a type I and II, - and ignored for styles Y=1,3: - * esi = 0xXYRRGGBB - colour of header - * RR, GG, BB define colour + * A = 1 - window has caption; for style Y=3 caption string + must be passed in edi, for other styles use + subfunction 1 of function 71 + * B = 1 - coordinates of all graphics primitives are relative to + window client area + * C is reserved (set to 0) + * D = 0 - normal filling of the working area, 1 - gradient + The following parameters are intended for windows + of a type I and II, and ignored for styles Y=1,3: + * esi = 0xXYRRGGBB - color of the header + * RR, GG, BB define color * Y=0 - usual window, Y=1 - unmovable window - * X defines a gradient of header: X=0 - no gradient, + * X defines a gradient of header: X=0 - no gradient, X=8 - usual gradient, for windows of a type II X=4 - negative gradient - * other values X and Y reserved - * edi = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a frame + * other values of X and Y are reserved + * edi = 0x00RRGGBB - color of the frame Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Location and the sizes of the window are installed by the first call of - this function and are ignored at subsequent; for change of location - and/or of sizes already of created window use function 67. - * If to use windows of appropriate styles, location and - or the sizes of - the window can vary by the user. - Current location and the sizes can be obtained by function 9. - * The window should be located on the screen. If the transferred coordinates - nd the sizes do not satisfy to this condition, appropriate coordinate - (or, probably, is considered both) as zero, and if also it does not help, - the appropriate size (or, probably, both) is installed in a size of the - screen. + * Position and sizes of the window are installed by the first + call of this function and are ignored at subsequent; to change + position and/or sizes of already created window use function 67. + * For windows with style Y=3 and caption (A=1) caption string is set + by the first call of this function and is ignored at subsequent + (strictly speaking, is ignored after a call to subfunction 2 + of function 12 - end redraw); to change caption of already created + window use subfunction 1 of function 71. + * If the window has appropriate styles, position and/or sizes can be + changed by user. Current position and sizes can be obtained + by function 9. + * The window must fit on the screen. If the transferred + coordinates and sizes do not satisfy to this condition, + appropriate coordinate (or, probably, both) is considered as zero, + and if also it does not help, the appropriate size + (or, probably, both) is installed in a size of the screen. - Further we shall designate xpos, ypos, xsize, ysize - values transmitted - in ebx, ecx. The coordinates are resulted concerning the left upper corner - of the window, which, thus, is set as (0,0), coordinate of the right lower - corner essence (xsize, ysize). - * The sizes of the window are understood in sense of coordinates of the - right lower corner. This concerns and to all other functions. It means, - that the real sizes on 1 pixel are more. - * Look of the window of a type I: - * draw external frame of colour indicated in edi, - in width 1 pixel - * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (1,1) and right lower - (xsize-1, min (25, ysize)) colour indicated in esi - (in view of a gradient) - * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window - rectangle with the left - upper corner (1,21) and right lower - (xsize-1, ysize-1) (sizes (xsize-1) * (ysize-21)) - colour - indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) is painted over - * Look of the window of a type Y=1: + Further we shall designate xpos,ypos,xsize,ysize - values + transmitted in ebx,ecx. The coordinates are resulted concerning + the left upper corner of the window, which, thus, is set as (0,0), + coordinates of the right lower corner essence (xsize,ysize). + * The sizes of the window are understood in sence of coordinates + of the right lower corner. This concerns all other functions too. + It means, that the real sizes are on 1 pixel more. + * The window of type I looks as follows: + * draw external frame of color indicated in edi, 1 pixel in width + * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (1,1) and + right lower (xsize-1,min(25,ysize)) color indicated in esi + (taking a gradient into account) + * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - + rectangle with the left upper corner (1,21) and right lower + (xsize-1,ysize-1) (sizes (xsize-1)*(ysize-21)) with color + indicated in edx (taking a gradient into account) + * if A=1 and caption has been already set by subfunction 1 + of function 71, it is drawn in the corresponding place of header + * The window of style Y=1 looks as follows: * completely defined by the application - * Look of the window of a type II: - * draw external frame of width 1 pixel of the "shaded" colour - edi (all making colours decrease twice) - * drawn intermediate frame of width 3 pixels of colour edi - * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel - "shaded" colour edi + * The window of type II looks as follows: + * draw external frame of width 1 pixel with the "shaded" color + edi (all components of the color decrease twice) + * draw intermediate frame of width 3 pixels with color edi + * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel with the "shaded" color edi * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (4,4) - and right lower (xsize-4,min(20,ysize)) colour, indicated т esi - (in view of a gradient) - * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window is painted over - + and right lower (xsize-4,min(20,ysize)) color, indicated in esi + (taking a gradient into account) + * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - rectangle with the left upper corner (5,20) and right lower - (xsize-5,ysize-5) - colour indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) - * Look of the window with skinned: + (xsize-5,ysize-5) with color indicated in edx + (taking a gradient into account) + * if A=1 and caption has been already set by subfunction 1 + of function 71, it is drawn in the corresponding place of header + * The skinned window looks as follows: * draw external frame of width 1 pixel - colour 'outer' from skin - * draw intermediate framework of width 3 pixels - colour 'frame' from skin - * draw internal framework of width 1 pixel - colour 'inner' from skin - * draw header (on pictures from skin) in a rectangle + with color 'outer' from the skin + * draw intermediate frame of width 3 pixel + with color 'frame' from the skin + * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel + with color 'inner' from the skin + * draw header (on bitmaps from the skin) in a rectangle (0,0) - (xsize,_skinh-1) - * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window is painted over - - rectangle with the left upper corner (5, _skinh) and right lower - (xsize-5,ysize-5) - colour indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) - * two standard buttons are defined: closings and minimizations + * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - + rectangle with the left upper corner (5,_skinh) and right lower + (xsize-5,ysize-5) with color indicated in edx + (taking a gradient into account) + * define two standard buttons: for close and minimize (see function 8) - * value _skinh is accessible as result of call - subfunction 4 functions 48 + * if A=1 and edi contains (nonzero) pointer to caption string, + it is drawn in place in header defined in the skin + * value _skinh is accessible as the result of call + subfunction 4 of function 48 ====================================================================== -================= Function 1 - put a point in the window. ============ +================ Function 1 - put pixel in the window. =============== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 1 - number of the function - * ebx = x-coordinate (concerning the window) - * ecx = y-coordinate (concerning the window) - * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a point - edx = 0x01xxxxxx - to invert colour of a point - (low 24 bits ignored) + * eax = 1 - function number + * ebx = x-coordinate (relative to the window) + * ecx = y-coordinate (relative to the window) + * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - color of a pixel + edx = 0x01xxxxxx - invert color of a pixel + (low 24 bits are ignored) Returned value: * function does not return value ====================================================================== -======== Function 2 - receive the code of the pressed key. =========== +============ Function 2 - get the code of the pressed key. =========== ====================================================================== Takes away the code of the pressed key from the buffer. Parameters: - * eax = 2 - number of the function + * eax = 2 - function number Returned value: - * if the buffer is empty, comes back eax=1 - * If the buffer is nonblank, that comes back al=0, ah=code of the pressed key, - high word of the register eax is set zero - * If there is "hotkey", comes back - al=2, ah=scancode of the pressed key (0 for direction keys), - high word of the register eax contains a status of direction keys - at the moment of pressing a hotkey + * if the buffer is empty, function returns eax=1 + * if the buffer is not empty, function returns al=0, + ah=code of the pressed key, high word of eax is zero + * if there is "hotkey", function returns al=2, + ah=scancode of the pressed key (0 for control keys), + high word of eax contains a status of control keys at the moment + of pressing a hotkey Remarks: - * There is a common system buffer of the pressed keys by a size of 120 bytes, - organized as queue. - * There is one more common system buffer on 120 "hotkey". - * By call of this function the application with the inactive window - considers, that the buffer of the pressed keys is empty. - * By default this function returns ASCII-codes; to switch to the mode - scancode (and back) it is possible with usage of the function 66. - However, the hotkey always come back as scancodes. - * Ffind out, what keys correspond to what codes, is possible, having started - the applications keyascii and scancode. - * Scancodes come back directly by keyboard and are fixed; ASCII-codes turn - out with usage of the conversion tables, which can be installed - subfunction 2 functions 21 and to read subfunction 2 functions 26. - * As a consequence, ASCII-codes take into account current keyboard layout - (rus/en) as against scancodes. - * The information only about those hotkeys acts which were defined by this - stream subfunction 4 functions 66. + * There is a common system buffer of the pressed keys + by a size of 120 bytes, organized as queue. + * There is one more common system buffer on 120 "hotkeys". + * If the application with the inactive window calls this function, + the buffer of the pressed keys is considered to be empty. + * By default this function returns ASCII-codes; to switch + to the scancodes mode (and back) use function 66. + However, hotkeys are always notificated as scancodes. + * To find out, what keys correspond to what codes, start + the application keyascii and scancode. + * Scancodes come directly from keyboard and are fixed; + ASCII-codes turn out with usage of the conversion tables, + which can be set by subfunction 2 of function 21 + and get by subfunction 2 of function 26. + * As a consequence, ASCII-codes take into account current + keyboard layout (rus/en) as opposed to scancodes. + * This function notifies only about those hotkeys, which were + defined by this thread by subfunction 4 of function 66. ====================================================================== -================ Function 3 - get system time. ======================= +==================== Function 3 - get system time. =================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 3 - number of the function + * eax = 3 - function number Returned value: * eax = 0x00SSMMHH, where HH:MM:SS = Hours:Minutes:Seconds - * each unit comes back as BCD-number, for example, - for time 23:59:59 result will be 0x00595923 + * each item is BCD-number, for example, + for time 23:59:59 function returns 0x00595923 Remarks: - * Look also subfunction 9 functions 26 - obtaining of time from the moment - of start of the system; it in many cases is more convenient, as returns - simply DWORD-value of the counter of time. - * System time can be installed by the function 22. + * See also subfunction 9 of function 26 - get time from + the moment of start of the system; it is more convenient, because + returns simply DWORD-value of the time counter. + * System time can be set by function 22. ====================================================================== -================ Function 4 - draw text in the window. =============== +============ Function 4 - draw text string in the window. ============ ====================================================================== -Can output both strings with given length and NULL-terminated strings -(0x0) - ASCIIZ(string db 'text',0). To draw ASCIIZ string, pass -1 -in esi (mov esi,-1). Parameters: - * eax = 4 - number of the function + * eax = 4 - function number * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] * ecx = 0xX0RRGGBB, where - * RR, GG, BB set colour of the text - * X sets the used font: 0=system monowide, + * RR, GG, BB specify text color + * X specifies the used font: 0=system monospaced, 1=system font of variable width - * edx = pointer by the beginning of string - * esi = length of string, should be no more 255 + * edx = pointer to the beginning of the string + * esi = length of the string, must not exceed 255 Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * The first system font is read out at loading from the file char.mt, - second system font - from char2.mt. - * Both fonts have height 9 pixels, width of the monowide font - is equal 6 pixels. + * Function outputs either first (esi and 0xFF) characters or + all characters before (but not including) terminating zero + (for ASCIIZ-strings) depending on what occurs first. + * First system font is read out at loading from the file char.mt, + second - from char2.mt. + * Both fonts have height 9 pixels, width of the monospaced font + is equal to 6 pixels. ====================================================================== -========================= Function 5 - pause. ========================= +========================= Function 5 - delay. ======================== ====================================================================== Delays execution of the program on the given time. Parameters: - * eax = 5 - number of the function + * eax = 5 - function number * ebx = time in the 1/100 of second Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * The transmission ebx=0 does not transfer handle the following process - and at all does not make any operations. If really it is required to - transfer handle to the following process (to complete a current time - slice), use subfunction of 1 function 68. - * At current realization there will be an immediate return from the function, - if the addition ebx with current value of the counter of time will call - 32-bit overflow. + * Passing ebx=0 does not transfer control to the next process + and does not make any operations at all. If it is really required + to transfer control to the next process (to complete a current + time slice), use subfunction 1 of function 68. + * At current implementation there will be an immediate return from + the function, if the addition of ebx with current value of + time counter will call 32-bit overflow. ====================================================================== -============== Function 6 - read the file with ramdisk. ============== +============== Function 6 - read the file from ramdisk. ============== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 6 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on a filename - * ecx = number of the start block, beginning from 1; - ecx=0 - read from a beginning of the file (same, as ecx=1); - * edx = number of blocks for reading; - edx=0 - read one block (same, as edx=1) - * esi = pointer on area of memory, where the data will be written + * eax = 6 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the filename + * ecx = number of start block, beginning from 1; + ecx=0 - read from the beginning of the file (same as ecx=1) + * edx = number of blocks to read; + edx=0 - read one block (same as edx=1) + * esi = pointer to memory area for the data Returned value: - * eax = file size in bytes, if the file is successfully read - * eax = -1, if the file is not retrieved + * eax = file size in bytes, if the file was successfully read + * eax = -1, if the file was not found Remarks: - * The given function is out-of-date; the function 70 allows to fulfil - the same operations with the extended possibilities. + * This function is out-of-date; function 70 allows + to fulfil the same operations with the extended possibilities. * Block = 512 bytes. - * For reading all file it is possible to specify the certainly large value - in edx, for example, edx = -1; but in this case be ready that the program - "will fall", if the file will appear too large and "will not be placed" in - memory of the program. - * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters - - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are - supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters - "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX " (name no more than 8 characters, point, - extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). - The filename should be written by capital letters. The completing - character with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). - * Current implementation ramdisk does not support the directory. + * For reading all file you can specify the certainly large value + in edx, for example, edx = -1; but in this case be ready that + the program will "fall", if the file will appear too large and can + not be placed in the program memory. + * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters + (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, + the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), + or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " + (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters + supplemented if necessary by spaces). + The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating + character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). + * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. ====================================================================== =============== Function 7 - draw image in the window. =============== ====================================================================== -Parameters: - * eax = 7 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on the image in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... +Paramters: + * eax = 7 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the image in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... * ecx = [size on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis y] * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Coordinates of the image are coordinates of the upper left corner of the - image concerning the window. + * Coordinates of the image are coordinates of the upper left corner + of the image relative to the window. * Size of the image in bytes is 3*xsize*ysize. ====================================================================== =============== Function 8 - define/delete the button. =============== ====================================================================== -Parameters for юяЁхфхыхэш  ъэюяъш: - * eax = 8 - number of the function +Parameters for button definition: + * eax = 8 - function number * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] * edx = 0xXYnnnnnn, where: * nnnnnn = identifier of the button - * high (31-st) bit edx is reset - * if 30-th bit edx is installed - to not draw the button - * If 29-th bit edx is installed - to not draw a frame + * high (31st) bit of edx is cleared + * if 30th bit of edx is set - do not draw the button + * if 29th bit of edx is set - do not draw a frame at pressing the button - * esi = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of the button -Parameters for deleting the button: - * eax = 8 - number of the function + * esi = 0x00RRGGBB - color of the button +Parameters for button deleting: + * eax = 8 - function number * edx = 0x80nnnnnn, where nnnnnn - identifier of the button Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Sizes of the button should be more than 0 and less than 0x8000. - * For windows with skin at definition of the window (call of 0-th function) - there are two standard buttons - closing of the window with the - identifier 1 and minimization of the window with the identifier 0xffff. - * The creation of two buttons with identical identifiers is admitted. - * The button with the identifier 0xffff at pressing is interpreted by the - system as the button of minimization, the system handles such pressing - independently, not accessing to the application. In rest it is - the usual button. - * Total of buttons for all applications is limited to number 4095. + * Sizes of the button must be more than 0 and less than 0x8000. + * For windows with skin definition of the window + (call of 0th function) creates two standard buttons - + for close of the window with identifier 1 and + for minimize of the window with identifier 0xffff. + * The creation of two buttons with same identifiers is admitted. + * The button with the identifier 0xffff at pressing is interpreted + by the system as the button of minimization, the system handles + such pressing independently, not accessing to the application. + In rest it is usual button. + * Total number of buttons for all applications is limited to 4095. ====================================================================== -========== Function 9 - information on thread of execution. ========== +============ Function 9 - information on execution thread. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 9 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on the buffer of a size 1 Kb - * ecx = number of the slot of thread - ecx = -1 - get information on current thread + * eax = 9 - function number + * ebx = pointer to 1-Kb buffer + * ecx = number of the slot of the thread + ecx = -1 - get information on the current thread Returned value: - * eax = maximum number of the slot of thread - * buffer, which specifies ebx, contains the following information: - * +0: dword: usage of the processor (how many clock ticks per one second - leaves on fulfilment of this thread) + * eax = maximum number of the slot of a thread + * buffer pointed to by ebx contains the following information: + * +0: dword: usage of the processor (how many time units + per second leaves on execution of this thread) * +4: word: position of the window of thread in the window stack - * +6: word: (there is no ratio to the requested thread) - number of the slot thread, which window is in the window stack - in a position ecx + * +6: word: (has no relation to the specified thread) + number of the thread slot, which window has in the window stack + position ecx * +8: word: reserved * +10 = +0xA: 11 bytes: name of the process - (name of an appropriate executable file in the format 8+3) - * +21 = +0x15: byte: alignment, this byte does not vary + (name of corresponding executable file in the format 8+3) + * +21 = +0x15: byte: alignment, this byte preserves * +22 = +0x16: dword: address of the process in memory * +26 = +0x1A: dword: size of used memory - 1 * +30 = +0x1E: dword: identifier (PID/TID) - * +34 = +0x22: dword: coordinate of the window thread on axis x - * +38 = +0x26: dword: coordinate of the window thread on axis y - * +42 = +0x2A: dword: size of the window thread on axis x - * +46 = +0x2E: dword: size of the window thread on axis y - * +50 = +0x32: word: status of the slot thread: - * 0 = thread worked - * 1 = thread paused - * 2 = thread paused at the moment of waiting event - * 3 = thread completed as a result of function call -1 or - under duress as a consequence of call subfunction 2 functions 18 - or termination of the system - * 4 = thread is completed as a result of exception - * 5 = thread wait event - * 9 = requested slot is free, - all other information on the slot is not meaningful + * +34 = +0x22: dword: coordinate of the thread window on axis x + * +38 = +0x26: dword: coordinate of the thread window on axis y + * +42 = +0x2A: dword: size of the thread window on axis x + * +46 = +0x2E: dword: size of the thread window on axis y + * +50 = +0x32: word: status of the thread slot: + * 0 = thread is running + * 1 = thread is suspended + * 2 = thread is suspended while waiting for event + * 3 = thread is terminating as a result of call to function -1 + or under duress as a result of call to subfunction 2 + of function 18 or termination of the system + * 4 = thread is terminating as a result of exception + * 5 = thread waits for event + * 9 = requested slot is free, all other information on the slot + is not meaningful Remarks: - * Slots are numbered with 1. - * Returned value not is a total number of streams, as there are free slots. - * ╧Ёш ёючфрэшш яЁюЎхёёр ртЄюьрЄшўхёъш ёючфрхЄё  thread т√яюыэхэш . - * Function produces the information on thread. Each process has even one - thread. One process can create some thread, in this case everyone thread - receives the slot, and the fields +10, +22, +26 in these slots coincide. - For the applications there is no common way to define, whether two thread + * Slots are numbered starting from 1. + * Returned value is not a total number of threads, because there + can be free slots. + * When process is starting, system automatically creates + execution thread. + * Function gives information on the thread. Each process has + at least one thread. One process can create many threads, + in this case each thread has its own slot and the fields + +10, +22, +26 in these slots coincide. + Applications have no common way to define whether two threads belong to one process. - * Active window - window which is taking place on top of the window stack, - it receives the messages on a keyboard input. For it the position in the - window stack coincides with returned value. - * Slot 1 corresponds to special thread of an operating system, for which: - * window is in the bottom of the window stack, the fields +4 and +6 - contain value 1 - * Nname of the process - "OS/IDLE" (supplemented by blanks) - * address of the process is equal memory 0, size of used memory + * The active window - window on top of the window stack - + receives the messages on a keyboard input. For such window + the position in the window stack coincides with returned value. + * Slot 1 corresponds to special system thread, for which: + * the window is in the bottom of the window stack, the fields + +4 and +6 contain value 1 + * name of the process - "OS/IDLE" (supplemented by spaces) + * address of the process in memory is 0, size of used memory is 16 Mb (0x1000000) * PID=1 - * coordinates and sizes of the window conditionally rely equal 0 - * status of the slot - always 0 (worked) - * The execution time adds of time leaving on purely operation, and down - time in waiting interruption (which can be received by call - subfunction 4 functions 18). - * Since the slot 2, the usual applications are placed. - * Usual applications are placed in memory to the address 0x10000000 - (constant of a kernel std_application_base_address). - Intersection does not occur, as for each process the own page table. - * At creation thread to it are assigned the slot in the system table and - identifier (Process/Thread IDentifier = PID/TID), which for given thread - do not vary in the subsequent time. - After completion thread its slot can be anew used for another thread. - The identifier thread can not be assigned to other stream even after - completion first. - Identifiers, assigned to new thread, monotonously grow. - * If thread yet has not defined the window by function call 0, - a location and the sizes of this window rely in zero. - * In the given moment the part of the buffer by a size 52 = 0x34 of byte - is used only. Nevertheless it is recommended to use the buffer - by a size 1 KB for the future compatibility, in the future some fields - can be added. + * coordinates and sizes of the window are by convention set to 0 + * status of the slot is always 0 (running) + * the execution time adds of time leaving on operations itself + and idle time in waiting for interrupt (which can be got by call + to subfunction 4 of function 18). + * Beginning from slot 2, the normal applications are placed. + * The normal applications are placed in memory at the address + 0x10000000 (kernel constand 'std_application_base_address'). + There is no intersection, as each process has its own page table. + * At creation of the thread it is assigned the slot + in the system table and identifier (Process/Thread IDentifier = + PID/TID), which do not vary with time for given thread. + After completion of the thread its slot can be anew used + for another thread. The thread identifier can not be assigned + to other thread even after completion of this thread. + Identifiers, assigned to new threads, grow monotonously. + * If the thread has not yet defined the window by call to + function 0, the position and the sizes + of its window are considered to be zero. + * At the moment only the part of the buffer by a size + 52 = 0x34 bytes is used. Nevertheless it is recommended to use + 1-Kb buffer for the future compatibility, in the future + some fields can be added. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 10 - wait event. ===================== +==================== Function 10 - wait for event. =================== ====================================================================== -If the message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message in queue. -In such status thread does not receive CPU time. +If the message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message +in queue. In this state thread does not consume CPU time. Then reads out the message from queue. Parameters: - * eax = 10 - number of the function + * eax = 10 - function number Returned value: - * eax = event (look the list of events) + * eax = event (see the list of events) Remarks: - * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed - by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys - and buttons. - * For check, whether there is a message in queue, use the function 11. - To wait for the no more defined time, use the function 23. + * Those events are taken into account only which enter into + a mask set by function 40. By default it is + redraw, key and button events. + * To check, whether there is a message in queue, use function 11. + To wait for no more than given time, use function 23. -======================================================================= -= Function 11 - check up, whether there is an event, without waiting. = -======================================================================= -If in a message queue there is any event, reads out and returns it. -If queue is empty, returns zero. +====================================================================== +=============== Function 11 - check for event, no wait. ============== +====================================================================== +If the message queue contains event, function reads out +and return it. If the queue is empty, function returns 0. Parameters: - * eax = 11 - number of the function + * eax = 11 - function number Returned value: * eax = 0 - message queue is empty - * шэрўх eax = event (look the list of events) + * else eax = event (see the list of events) Remarks: - * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed - by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys - and buttons. - * For waiting appearance of event in queue, use the function 10. - To wait for the no more defined time, use the function 23. + * Those events are taken into account only, which enter into + a mask set by function 40. By default it is + redraw, key and button events. + * To wait for event, use function 10. + To wait for no more than given time, use function 23. ====================================================================== -========= Function 12 - begin/complete redraw of the window. ========= +=============== Function 12 - begin/end window redraw. =============== ====================================================================== ----------- Subfunction 1 - begin redraw of the window. --------------- +------------ Subfunction 1 - begin redraw of the window. ------------- Parameters: - * eax = 12 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 12 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: * function does not return value ---------- Subfunction 2 - complete redraw of the window. ------------- +------------- Subfunction 2 - end redraw of the window. -------------- Parameters: - * eax = 12 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 12 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Function of a beginning redraw all deletes defined by the - function 8 buttons, they should be defined again. + * Subfunction 1 deletes all buttons defined with + function 8, they must be defined again. ====================================================================== ============ Function 13 - draw a rectangle in the window. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 13 - number of the function + * eax = 13 - function number * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] - * edx = colour 0xRRGGBB шыш 0x80RRGGBB for a gradient of filling + * edx = color 0xRRGGBB or 0x80RRGGBB for gradient fill Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: * Coordinates are understood as coordinates of the left upper corner - of a rectangle concerning the window. + of a rectangle relative to the window. ====================================================================== -================ Function 14 - get sizes of the screen. ============== +=================== Function 14 - get screen size. =================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 14 - number of the function + * eax = 14 - function number Returned value: * eax = [xsize]*65536 + [ysize], where * xsize = x-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = - size on a horizontal - 1 + horizontal size - 1 * ysize = y-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = - size on a vertical - 1 + vertical size - 1 Remarks: - * Look also subfunction 5 functions 48 - to receive sizes of - a working area of the screen. + * See also subfunction 5 of function 48 - get sizes of + working area of the screen. -======================================================================== -= Function 15, subfunction 1 - install a size of the background image. = -======================================================================== +====================================================================== +== Function 15, subfunction 1 - set a size of the background image. == +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 15 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 15 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number * ecx = width of the image * edx = height of the image Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Checks on a correctness is not done. The installation of the too large - values will result that the background will be entered with the data abroad - of buffer of the background map. The size of the buffer = 0x160000-0x10, - that corresponds to maximum sizes 800*600. (800*600*3=0x15F900) - * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands - working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. - * There is a pair function of get of sizes of the background image - - subfunction 1 function 39. + * There is no checks for correctness. The setting of too large + values will result that the background will contain data abroad + of buffer for the background image. Buffer size = 0x160000-0x10, + that corresponds to maximum size 800*600. (800*600*3=0x15F900) + * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands + working with a background) call subfunction 3. + * There is a pair function for get size of the background image - + subfunction 1 of function 39. ====================================================================== -= Function 15, subfunction 2 - put a point on the background image. == +=== Function 15, subfunction 2 - put pixel on the background image. == ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 15 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 15 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number * ecx = offset - * edx = colour of a point 0xRRGGBB + * edx = color of a pixel 0xRRGGBB Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Offset for a point with coordinates (x, y) is calculated as + * Offset for a pixel with coordinates (x,y) is calculated as (x+y*xsize)*3. - * If the indicated offset exceeds 0x160000-16 = - 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, call is ignored. - * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands - working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. - * There is a pair function of obtaining of a point from the background - image - subfunction 2 functions 39. + * If the given offset exceeds 0x160000-16 = 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, + the call is ignored. + * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands + working with a background) call subfunction 3. + * There is a pair function for get pixel on the background image - + subfunction 2 of function 39. ====================================================================== =========== Function 15, subfunction 3 - redraw background. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 15 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction + * eax = 15 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number Returned value: * function does not return value -========================================================================= -= Function 15, subfunction 4 - set the mode of drawing of a background. = -========================================================================= +====================================================================== +== Function 15, subfunction 4 - set drawing mode for the background. = +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 15 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction - * ecx = mode of drawing: + * eax = 15 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number + * ecx = drawing mode: * 1 = tile * 2 = stretch Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands - working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. - * There is a pair command of obtaining of the mode redraw of a background - - subfunction 4 functions 39. + * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands + working with a background) call subfunction 3. + * There is a pair function for get drawing mode of the background - + subfunction 4 of function 39. -=========================================================================== -= Function 15, subfunction 5 - place the block of pixels on a background. = -=========================================================================== +====================================================================== +===================== Function 15, subfunction 5 ===================== +============ Put block of pixels on the background image. ============ +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 15 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on the data in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... + * eax = 15 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to the data in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... * edx = offset in data of the background image - * esi = size given in bytes = 3 * number of pixels + * esi = size of data in bytes = 3 * number of pixels Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: * If the block gets out abroad 0x160000-16 = 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, the call is ignored. - * Colour of each pixel is stored as 3 bytes the value BBGGRR. - * Pixels of the background image are written sequentially from left to right, - from above downwards. - * Offset of a pixel with coordinates (x,y) it (x+y*xsize)*3. - * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands - working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. + * Color of each pixel is stored as 3-bytes value BBGGRR. + * Pixels of the background image are written sequentially + from left to right, from up to down. + * Offset of pixel with coordinates (x,y) is (x+y*xsize)*3. + * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands + working with a background) call subfunction 3. ====================================================================== -============= Function 16 - save ramdisk on a diskette. ============== +=============== Function 16 - save ramdisk on a floppy. ============== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 16 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 шыш ebx = 2 - on what floppy to save + * eax = 16 - function number + * ebx = 1 or ebx = 2 - on which floppy save Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully + * eax = 0 - success * eax = 1 - error ====================================================================== -============== Function 17 - get code of pressed button. ============= +======= Function 17 - get the identifier of the pressed button. ====== ====================================================================== Takes away the code of the pressed button from the buffer. Parameters: - * eax = 17 - number of the function + * eax = 17 - function number Returned value: - * If the buffer is empty, comes back eax=1 - * If the buffer is nonblank, comes back al=0, the high 24 bits eax contain - the identifier of the button (in particular, in ah there is a low byte of - the identifier; if all buttons have the identifier, smaller 256, for - distinguishing there is enough ah) + * if the buffer is empty, function returns eax=1 + * if the buffer is not empty, function returns al=0, + high 24 bits of eax contain button identifier (in particular, ah + contains low byte of the identifier; if all buttons have + the identifier less than 256, ah is enough to distinguish). Remarks: - * "Buffer" keeps only one button, at pressing the new button the information - about old is lost. - * By call of this function by the application with the inactive window the - answer " the buffer comes back is empty ". + * "Buffer" keeps only one button, at pressing the new button the + information about old is lost. + * The call of this function by an application with inactive window + will return answer "buffer is empty". ====================================================================== -============ Function 18, subfunction 1 - shutdown system. =========== +============ Function 18, subfunction 1 - system shutdown. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: - * Always comes back eax = 0 as tag of success + * function always return eax = 0 as tag of success Remarks: - * On last step there is a menu of quit waiting responses of the user. - * Look also subfunction 9, termination of the system with the parameter - to speed up choice in the menu of an exit. + * On the last step menu of exit from the system appears and waits + response of the user. + * See also subfunction 9, system shutdown with + the parameter to force the choice in the exit menu. ====================================================================== -= Function 18, subfunction 2 - complete process/thread on the slot. == += Function 18, subfunction 2 - terminate process/thread by the slot. = ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number * ecx = number of the slot of process/thread Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * It is impossible to complete thread of an operating system OS/IDLE - (number of the slot 1), it is possible to complete - any usual thread/process. - * See also subfunction 18 - completion of process/thread - with the given identifier. + * It is impossible to terminate system thread OS/IDLE (with + number of the slot 1), + it is possible to terminate any normal process/thread. + * See also subfunction 18 - terminate + process/thread by the identifier. -========================================================================= -= Function 18, subfunction 3 - do to the active window selected thread. = -========================================================================= +====================================================================== +===================== Function 18, subfunction 3 ===================== +============= Make active the window of the given thread. ============ +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction - * ecx = number of the slot thread + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number + * ecx = number of the thread slot Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * At the instruction correct, but nonexistent slot any window is made active. - * Find out, what window is active, is possible by call subfunction 7. - -============================================================================== - Function 18, subfunction 4 - get counter of empty clock ticks per one second. -============================================================================== -Empty clock ticks are understood as time, in which the processor stands idle -in waiting interruption (in the instruction hlt). - -Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction -Returned value: - * eax = value of the counter of empty clock ticks per one second + * If correct, but nonexistent slot is given, + some window is made active. + * To find out, which window is active, use subfunction 7. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 18, subfunction 5 - get cpu frequency. ========== +===================== Function 18, subfunction 4 ===================== +=========== Get counter of idle time units per one second. =========== +====================================================================== +Idle time units are units, in which the processor stands idle +in waiting for interrupt (in the command 'hlt'). + +Parameters: + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number +Returned value: + * eax = value of the counter of idle time units per one second + +====================================================================== +========== Function 18, subfunction 5 - get CPU clock rate. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = cpu frequency (modulo 2^32 clock ticks = 4GHz) + * eax = clock rate (modulo 2^32 clock ticks = 4GHz) -===================================================================== -== Function 18, subfunction 6 - save ramdisk in file on hard disk. == -===================================================================== +====================================================================== + Function 18, subfunction 6 - save ramdisk to the file on hard drive. +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 6 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 6 - subfunction number * ecx defines path to the file: - * 1 = in the directory "/KOLIBRI" - * 2 = in the root - * 3 = edx specifies path (names of folders in the format 8+3, divided '/') + * 1 = in the folder "/KOLIBRI" + * 2 = in the root folder + * 3 = edx points to the path (names of folders in the format 8+3, + divided by '/') Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * differently eax = an error code of a file system -Remarks: - * Filename is fixed, "menuet.img" (global variable of - a kernel image_save from preboot.inc) - * On what partition what disk the file will be saved, is defined - subfunction 7 and subfunction 8 functions 21. - * All directories in the indicated path should exist, differently will - return value 5, " the file is not retrieved ". + * eax = 0 - success + * else eax = error code of the file system +╟рьхўрэш : + * Filename is fixed, "menuet.img" (global kernel variable + 'image_save' from 'preboot.inc') + * Drive and partition are defined by subfunction 7 + and subfunction 8 of function 21. + * All folders in the given path must exist, otherwise function + returns value 5, "file not found". ====================================================================== -====== Function 18, subfunction 7 - get number of active window. ===== +=========== Function 18, subfunction 7 - get active window. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 7 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 7 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = number of active window (number of the slot thread, which window - is active) + * eax = number of the active window + (number of the slot of the thread with active window) Remarks: - * Active window is at the top of the window stack and receives the messages - on all keyboard input. - * Make the window active it is possible by call subfunction 3. + * Active window is at the top of the window stack and receives + messages on all keyboard input. + * To make a window active, use subfunction 3. -======================================================================= -==== Function 18, subfunction 8 - disable/enable a speaker sound . ==== -======================================================================= -At the disconnected sound the calls subfunction 55 functions 55 are ignored. -At included - are routed on built - in speaker. +====================================================================== +== Function 18, subfunction 8 - disable/enable the internal speaker. = +====================================================================== +If speaker sound is disabled, all calls to subfunction 55 of +function 55 are ignored. If speaker sound is enabled, +they are routed on builtin speaker. ---------------- Subsubfunction 1 - get a status. ---------------- +------------------- Subsubfunction 1 - get status. ------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction - * ecx = 1 - number subsubfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number + * ecx = 1 - number of the subsubfunction Returned value: - * eax = 0 - sound speaker is enabled; 1 - is disabled + * eax = 0 - speaker sound is enabled; 1 - disabled --------------- Subsubfunction 2 - switch a status. -------------- -Switches statuses of disable/enable. +----------------- Subsubfunction 2 - toggle status. ------------------ +Toggles states of disable/enable. Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction - * ecx = 2 - number subsubfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number + * ecx = 2 - number of the subsubfunction Returned value: * function does not return value -=========================================================================== -= Function 18, subfunction 9 - shutdown of the system with the parameter. = -=========================================================================== +====================================================================== +== Function 18, subfunction 9 - system shutdown with the parameter. == +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 9 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 9 - subfunction number * ecx = parameter: - * 1 = On last step of shutdown to save ramdisk on a diskette then to - output the menu of an exit and to request of the user further operations - * 2 = switch off the computer - * 3 = reboot the computer - * 4 = restart a kernel from the file kernel.mnt on ramdisk + * 1 = on the last step of shutdown save ramdisk on a floppy and + then show the exit menu and request further operations + from the user + * 2 = turn off computer + * 3 = reboot computer + * 4 = restart the kernel from the file 'kernel.mnt' on ramdisk Returned value: - * At incorrect ecx the registers do not vary (i.e. eax=18) - * By correct call tag of success eax=0 always comes back + * at incorrect ecx the registers do not change (i.e. eax=18) + * by correct call function always returns eax=0 + as the tag of success Remarks: - * It is not necessary to rely on returned value by incorrect call, - it can vary in the subsequent versions of a kernel. - * It is possible to use subfunction 1, that on last step of termination - the user himself has selected, that it is necessary. - * It is not recommended to use value ecx=1 (to not irritate the user with - excessive questions); to save ramdisk on a diskette it is possible by the - function 16 (which admits specification, on which diskette to write), and - to complete operation from the menu of an output(exit) it is possible - already mentioned subfunction 1. + * Do not rely on returned value by incorrect call, it can be + changed in future versions of the kernel. + * It is possible to use subfunction 1, that on the last step + the user makes choice himself. + * It is not recommended to use value ecx=1 (to not irritate the user + with excessive questions); to save ramdisk on a floppy use + function 16 (which admits specification, on which floppy to + write), and to shutdown with the exit menu use already mentioned + subfunction 1. -======================================================================= -====== Function 18, subfunction 10 - minimize application window. ===== -======================================================================= -Turns off the own window. +====================================================================== +===== Function 18, subfunction 10 - minimize application window. ===== +====================================================================== +Minimizes the own window. Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 10 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 10 - subfunction number Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * The minimized window from the point of view of the function 9 saves - a location and sizes. - * Restoring of an application window occurs at activation subfunction 3. - * Usually there is no necessity obviously to turn off/restore the window: - turn off of the window is carried out by the system at pressing the button - of minimization (which for windows with SKIN is defined automatically by - function 0, for windows without SKIN it is possible to define by the - function 8), restoring - application @panel. + * The minimized window from the point of view of function 9 + keeps position and sizes. + * Restoring of an application window occurs at its activation by + subfunction 3. + * Usually there is no necessity to minimize/restire a window + obviously: minimization of a window is carried out by the system + at pressing the minimization button (for skinned windows + it is defined automatically by function 0, + for other windows it can be defined manually by function 8), + restore of a window is done by the application '@panel'. ====================================================================== -==================== Function 18, subfunction 11 ===================== -================ Get information on a disk subsystem. ================ + Function 18, subfunction 11 - get information on the disk subsystem. ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 11 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 11 - subfunction number * ecx = type of the table: * 1 = short version, 10 bytes * 2 = full version, 65536 bytes - * edx = pointer on the buffer (in the application) for table + * edx = pointer to the buffer (in the application) for the table Returned value: * function does not return value -Format of the table: the short version: - * +0: byte: information about FDD's (drives for diskettes), AAAABBBB, - where AAAA sets type of the first drive, BBBB - second disk agrees - to the following list: +Format of the table: short version: + * +0: byte: information about FDD's (drives for floppies), + AAAABBBB, where AAAA gives type of the first drive, BBBB - + of the second regarding to the following list: * 0 = there is no drive * 1 = 360Kb, 5.25'' * 2 = 1.2Mb, 5.25'' * 3 = 720Kb, 3.5'' * 4 = 1.44Mb, 3.5'' - * 5 = 2.88Mb, 3.5'' (such diskettes already are not used) - For example, for the standard configuration from one 1.44-drive here will - be 40h, and for a case 1.2Mb on A: and 1.44Mb on B: the value appears 24h. - * +1: byte: information about hard disks and CD - drives, AABBCCDD, + * 5 = 2.88Mb, 3.5'' (such drives are not used anymore) + For example, for the standard configuration from one 1.44-drive + here will be 40h, and for the case 1.2Mb on A: and 1.44Mb on B: + the value is 24h. + * +1: byte: information about hard disks and CD-drives, AABBCCDD, where AA corresponds to the controller IDE0, ..., DD - IDE3: * 0 = device is absent - * 1 = hard disk - * 2 = CD - drive - For example, in a case HD on IDE0 and CD on IDE2 here will be 48h. - * +2: 4 db: Number of the retrieved sections on hard disks with - accordingly IDE0..., IDE3. - At absence of the hard disk on IDEx appropriate byte zero, at presence - shows number of the recognized partitions, which can and to not be (if the - drive is not formatted or if the file system is not supported). In the - current version of a kernel for hard disks are supported only FAT16 - and FAT32. + * 1 = hard drive + * 2 = CD-drive + For example, in the case HD on IDE0 and CD on IDE2 + this field contains 48h. + * +2: 4 db: number of the retrieved partitions on hard disks + at accordingly IDE0,...,IDE3. + If the hard disk on IDEx is absent, appropriate byte is zero, + otherwise it shows number of the recognized partitions, which + can be not presented (if the drive is not formatted or if + the file system is not supported). Current version of the kernel + supports only FAT16 and FAT32 for hard disks. * +6: 4 db: reserved -Format of the table: the complete version: - * +0: 10 db: same, as well as in the short version +Format of the table: full version: + * +0: 10 db: same as for the short version * +10: 100 db: data for the first partition * +110: 100 db: data for the second partition * ... * +10+100*(n-1): 100 db: data for the last partition -The sections are located in the following order: at first sequentially all -recognized partitions on HD on IDE0 (if are), then on HD on IDE1 (if is) -etc. up to IDE3. -Format of the information about partition (while is supported only FAT): +The partitions are located as follows: at first sequentially all +recoginzed partitions on HD on IDE0 (if present), +then on HD on IDE1 (if present) and so on up to IDE3. +Format of the information about partition +(at moment only FAT is supported): * +0: dword: first physical sector of the partition * +4: dword: last physical sector of the partition - (belongs to partition) - * +8: dword: sectors in one copy FAT - * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of copies FAT - * +16 = +0x10: dword: number of sectors in a cluster - * +20 = +0x14: dword: byte in sector; the current implementation expects, - that here 0x200 = 512 - * +24 = +0x18: dword: first cluster of the root in FAT32, 0 for FAT16 - * +28 = +0x1C: dword: first physical sector FAT - * +32 = +0x20: dword: first physical sector of the root for FAT16, - is ignored for FAT32 - * +36 = +0x24: dword: number of sectors in the root for FAT16, 0 for FAT32 - * +40 = +0x28: dword: physical sector of a beginning of area of the data + (belongs to the partition) + * +8: dword: sectors per one copy of FAT + * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of copies of FAT + * +16 = +0x10: dword: number of sectors per cluster + * +20 = +0x14: dword: bytes per sector; + current implementation expects 0x200 = 512 in this field + * +24 = +0x18: dword: first root cluster in FAT32, 0 for FAT16 + * +28 = +0x1C: dword: first physical sector of FAT + * +32 = +0x20: dword: first physical root sector for FAT16, + ignored for FAT32 + * +36 = +0x24: dword: number of root sectors for FAT16, + 0 for FAT32 + * +40 = +0x28: dword: physical sector of the beginning of + the data area * +44 = +0x2C: dword: maximum number of a cluster - * +48 = +0x30: dword: physical sector of the information about a file system - for FAT32, is ignored for FAT16 - * +52 = +0x34: dword: value used as boundary of special values in FAT + * +48 = +0x30: dword: physical sector of the information + about the file system for FAT32, ignored for FAT16 + * +52 = +0x34: dword: value used as boundary for special + values in FAT * +56 = +0x38: dword: value used for bad clusters in FAT - * +60 = +0x3C: dword: Value used as the end mark at recording of a chain - in FAT - * +64 = +0x40: dword: mask superimposed on a unit FAT - * +68 = +0x44: byte: type of a file system: 16 or 32 + * +60 = +0x3C: dword: value used as the end marker for FAT chain + * +64 = +0x40: dword: mask for FAT items + * +68 = +0x44: byte: file system type: 16 шыш 32 * +69 = +0x45: 31 db: reserved Remarks: - * Short table can be used for obtaining the information about available - devices. - * First two information fields about partition in the complete version of - the table inform parameters of the unit which has stayed - parameters of - a file system FAT. For other file systems (when they will be supported) - information, specific to a file system, naturally, there will be another, - but first two fields will be saved constant. + * The short table can be used for obtaining the information about + available devices. + * First two fields in the information about partition + gives the parameters of partition, other - parameters of + FAT file system. For other file systems (when they will be + supported) specific for file system information will be, of + course, another, but first two fields will have the same sense. ====================================================================== -======== Function 18, subfunction 13 - get version of a kernel. ====== +========== Function 18, subfunction 13 - get kernel version. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 13 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on the buffer (not less than 16 bytes), where the - information will be placed + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 13 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to the buffer (not less than 16 bytes), where + the information will be placed Returned value: * function does not return value Structure of the buffer: db a,b,c,d for version a.b.c.d db UID_xxx: one of UID_NONE=0, UID_MENUET=1, UID_KOLIBRI=2 -db 'name',0 - ASCIIZ-string with a name -For kernel Kolibri 0.5.8.1: +db 'name',0 - ASCIIZ-string with the name +For Kolibri 0.5.8.1 kernel: db 0,5,8,1 db 2 db 'Kolibri',0 -========================================================================= -====================== Function 18, subfunction 14 ====================== -= Expect a beginning of retrace of a ray of scanning of screen monitor. = -========================================================================= +====================================================================== +======= Function 18, subfunction 14 - wait for screen retrace. ======= +====================================================================== +Waits for the beginning of retrace of the scanning ray of the screen +monitor. Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 14 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 14 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = 0 as tag of success + * eax = 0 as the tag of success Remarks: - * Function is intended only for the active high-efficiency graphics + * Function is intended only for active high-efficiency graphics applications; is used for smooth output of a graphics. -============================================================================ -= Function 18, subfunction 15 - place a mouse pointer in centre of screen. = -============================================================================ +====================================================================== +== Function 18, subfunction 15 - center mouse cursor on the screen. == +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 15 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 15 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = 0 as tag of success + * eax = 0 as the tag of success ====================================================================== -====================== Function 18, subfunction 16 =================== -====================== Get a size of the free RAM. =================== +========= Function 18, subfunction 16 - get size of free RAM. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 16 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 16 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = size of free memory in kilobytes ====================================================================== -====================== Function 18, subfunction 17 =================== -====================== Get a size of the amount RAM. ================= +======== Function 18, subfunction 17 - get full amount of RAM. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 17 - number subfunction + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 17 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = common size of amount memory in kilobytes + * eax = total size of existing memory in kilobytes ====================================================================== -====================== Function 18, subfunction 18 =================== -============= complete process/thread on the identifier. ============= +===================== Function 18, subfunction 18 ==================== +============= Terminate process/thread by the identifier. ============ ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 18 - number of the function - * ebx = 18 - number subfunction - * ecx = identifier of process/thread (PID/TID) + * eax = 18 - function number + * ebx = 18 - subfunction number + * ecx = identifer of process/thread (PID/TID) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = -1 - error (the process is not retrieved or is system) + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = -1 - error (process is not found or is system) Remarks: - * It is impossible to complete thread of an operating system OS/IDLE - (number of the slot 1), it is possible to complete any usual thread/process. - * See also subfunction 2 - completion of process / thread on the given slot. + * It is impossible to terminate system thread OS/IDLE (identifier + 1), it is possible to terminate any normal process/thread. + * See also subfunction 2 - terminate + process/thread by given slot. ====================================================================== -============ Function 19 - start application with ramdisk. =========== +============ Function 19 - start application from ramdisk. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 19 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on an application name in format similar to function 6 - * ecx = 0 or ecx = the pointer on parameters of the command line + * eax = 19 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the application name in format similar + to function 6 + * ecx = 0 or ecx = pointer to command line parameters Returned value: - * If eax > 0, eax contains PID of the created process - * If eax < 0, -eax - error code of a file system + * If eax > 0, then eax contains PID of the created process + * If eax < 0, then -eax - file system error code Remarks: - * This function is obsolete; use subfunction 7 functions 70. - * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 - (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to - completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. + * This function is obsolete; use subfunction 7 of function 70. + * Command line must be terminated by the character with the code 0 + (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters + up to terminating zero inclusively or first 256 character + regarding what is less. ====================================================================== -==================== Function 20 - interface MIDI. =================== +==================== Function 20 - MIDI interface. =================== ====================================================================== ------------------------- Subfunction 1 - reset ------------------------ +----------------------- Subfunction 1 - reset ------------------------ Parameters: - * eax = 20 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 20 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number -------------------- Subfunction 2 - output byte --------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 20 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 20 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number * cl = byte for output -Returned value (is identical to both subfunctions): - * eax = 0 - successfully +Returned value (is the same for both subfunctions): + * eax = 0 - success * eax = 1 - base port is not defined Remarks: - * Base port previously should be defined by call - subfunction of 1 function 21. + * Previously the base port must be defined by + subfunction 1 of function 21. ====================================================================== -==== Function 21, subfunction 1 - install a base port MPU MIDI. ====== +======== Function 21, subfunction 1 - set MPU MIDI base port. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction - * ecx = number of a base port -Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number + * ecx = number of base port +Returned value + * eax = 0 - success * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port Remarks: - * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. - * Installation of base is necessary for operation of the function 20. - * Get installed base port it is possible by call - subfunction of 1 function 26. + * Number of a port must satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. + * The installation of base is necessary for function 20. + * To get base port use subfunction 1 of function 26. ====================================================================== -======== Function 21, subfunction 2 - install keyboard layout. ======= +========== Function 21, subfunction 2 - set keyboard layout. ========= ====================================================================== -Keyboard layout is used for conversion scancodes, acting from the keyboard, -in ASCII-codes which were read - out by the function 2. +Keyboard layout is used to convert keyboard scancodes to ASCII-codes, +which will be read by function 2. Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction - * ecx = what layout to install: + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number + * ecx = which layout to set: * 1 = normal layout * 2 = layout at pressed Shift * 3 = layout at pressed Alt - * edx = pointer on layout - table of length 128 bytes + * edx = pointer to layout - table of length 128 bytes Or: * ecx = 9 - * dx = identifier of the country (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) + * dx = country identifier (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - parameter is given incorrectly + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - incorrect parameter Remarks: - * If is pressed Alt, the layout with Alt is used; if not is pressed Alt, - but is pressed Shift, the layout with Shift is used; if not are - pressed Alt and Shift, but is pressed Ctrl, the normal layout is used, - then from the code is subtracted 0x60; if not any of direction keys - is pressed, the normal layout is used. - * get layouts and identifier of the country it is possible with the help - subfunction 2 functions 26. - * The identifier of the country - global environment variable, which by - kernel is not used; however application @panel displays an icon, - appropriate to the current country. - * Application @panel switches layouts on search of the user. + * If Alt is pressed, the layout with Alt is used; + if Alt is not pressed, but Shift is pressed, + the layout with Shift is used; + if Alt and Shift are not pressed, but Ctrl is pressed, the normal + layout is used and then from the code is subtracted 0x60; + if no control key is pressed, the normal layout is used. + * To get layout and country identifier use + subfunction 2 of function 26. + * Country identifier is global system variable, which is not used + by the kernel itself; however the application '@panel' displays + the corresponding icon. + * The application @panel switches layouts on user request. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 21, subfunction 3 - install base CD. ============ +============== Function 21, subfunction 3 - set CD base. ============= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction - * ecx = base CD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number + * ecx = CD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 Returned value: * eax = 0 Remarks: - * Base CD is used by the function 24. - * Receive the installed base CD it is possible by call - subfunction 3 functions 26. + * CD base is used by function 24. + * To get CD base use subfunction 3 of function 26. ====================================================================== -=== Function 21, subfunction 4 - install base port Sound Blaster. ==== +====== Function 21, subfunction 4 - set Sound Blaster base port. ===== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction - * ecx = number base port + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number + * ecx = number of the base port Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = -1 - erratic port number Remarks: - * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. - * Installation of base is necessary for operation of functions 25, 28, 55. - * Get installed base port it is possible by call subfunction 4 functions 26. + * Number of the port must satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. + * The installation of the base is necessary for + functions 25, 28, 55. + * To get base port use subfunction 4 of function 26. ====================================================================== -==== Function 21, subfunction 5 - install the language of system. ==== +========== Function 21, subfunction 5 - set system language. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction - * ecx = language of system (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number + * ecx = system language (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) Returned value: * eax = 0 Remarks: - * Language of the system - global environment variable in any way which - is not used by kernel, however application @panel draws - an appropriate icon. - * Checks on a correctness is not done, as the kernel this variable - does not use. - * Get language of the system it is possible by call - subfunction 5 functions 26. + * System language is global system variable and is not used + by the kernel itself, however application @panel draws the + appropriate icon. + * Function does not check for correctness, as the kernel does not + use this variable. + * To get system language use subfunction 5 of function 26. ====================================================================== -========= Function 21, subfunction 6 - install base port WSS. ======== +=========== Function 21, subfunction 6 - set WSS base port. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 6 - number subfunction + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 6 - subfunction number * ecx = base port Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = -1 - erratic port number Remarks: - * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx. - * Base WSS is used by the function 27. - * Get installed base port WSS it is possible by call - subfunction 6 functions 26. + * Port number must satisfy to condition 0x100<=ecx. + * WSS base is used by function 27. + * To get WSS base port use subfunction 6 of function 26. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 21, subfunction 7 - install base HD. ============ +============== Function 21, subfunction 7 - set HD base. ============= ====================================================================== -The base HD is necessary for definition, on what hard disk to write, at usage -of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and functions -implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions 18); -At usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 -these functions install base. +The HD base defines hard disk to write with usage of obsolete +file system functions and functions implicitly using the hard disk +(such as subfunction 6 of function 18); +at usage of function 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 +these function set base themselves. Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 7 - number subfunction - * ecx = base HD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 7 - subfunction number + * ecx = HD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 Returned value: * eax = 0 Remarks: - * Any application at any moment of time can change base. - * It is not necessary to change base, when any application works - with the hard disk. If not want errors of the system. - * Get installed base it is possible by call subfunction 7 functions 26. - * It is necessary also to define used partition of - the hard disk subfunction 8. + * Any application at any time can change the base. + * Do not change base, when any application works with hard disk. + If you do not want system bugs. + * To get HD base use subfunction 7 of function 26. + * It is also necessary to define used partition of hard disk by + subfunction 8. ====================================================================== -========= Function 21, subfunction 8 - install partition HD. ========= +========= Function 21, subfunction 8 - set used HD partition. ======== ====================================================================== -The section HD is necessary for definition, on what partition of the hard disk -to write, at usage of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and -functions implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions -18); at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 -these functions install base and partition. +The HD partition defines partition of the hard disk to write with +usage of obsolete file system functions and functions implicitly +using the hard disk (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); +at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 +these functions set base and partition themselves. Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction - * ecx = partition HD (beginning from 1) -Returned value: + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number + * ecx = HD partition (beginning from 1) +Return value: * eax = 0 Remarks: - * Any application at any moment of time can change partition. - * It is not necessary to change partition, when any application works - with the hard disk. If not want errors of the system. - * Get installed partition it is possible by call subfunction 8 functions 26. - * Checks on a correctness is not done. - * Find out number of partitions on the hard disk it is possible by call - subfunction 11 functions 18. - * It is necessary also to define used base of the hard disk subfunction 7 + * Any application at any time can change partition. + * Do not change partition when any application works with hard disk. + If you do not want system bugs. + * To get used partition use subfunction 8 of function 26. + * There is no correctness checks. + * To get the number of partitions of a hard disk use + subfunction 11 of function 18. + * It is also necessary to define used HD base by subfunction 7. ====================================================================== -=== Function 21, subfunction 10 - install channel DMA for a sound. === +======== Function 21, subfunction 10 - set sound DMA channel. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 10 - number subfunction + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 10 - subfunction number * ecx = number of channel (from 0 up to 3 inclusively) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = -1 - incorrect number of the channel + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = -1 - incorrect channel number Remarks: - * Number of the channel DMA is used in subfunction of 1 function 55. - * Get channel DMA for a sound it is possible by call - subfunction 10 functions 26. + * Number of DMA channel is used in subfunction 1 of function 55. + * To get sound DMA channel use subfunction 10 of function 26. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 21, subfunction 11 =================== -=============== Permit/prohibit low level access to HD. ============== + Function 21, subfunction 11 - enable/disable low-level access to HD. ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 11 - number subfunction - * ecx = 0/1 - prohibit/permit + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 11 - subfunction number + * ecx = 0/1 - disable/enable Returned value: * eax = 0 Remarks: - * Is used at LBA-reading (subfunction 8 functions 58). - * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. - * Get a current status it is possible by call subfunction 11 functions 26. + * Is used in LBA-read (subfunction 8 of function 58). + * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. + * To get current status use subfunction 11 of function 26. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 21, subfunction 12 =================== -============= Permit/prohibit low level access to PCI. =============== + Function 21, subfunction 12 - enable/disable low-level access to PCI. ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 12 - number subfunction - * ecx = 0/1 - prohibit/permit + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 12 - subfunction number + * ecx = 0/1 - disable/enable Returned value: * eax = 0 Remarks: - * Is used by operation with the bus PCI (function 62). - * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. - * Get a current status it is possible by call subfunction 12 functions 26. + * Is used in operations with PCI bus (function 62). + * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. + * To get current status use subfunction 12 of function 26. ====================================================================== -============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 1 ========== -======= Initialize + get information on the driver vmode.mdr. ======== +============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 1 =========== +======== Initialize + get information on the driver vmode.mdr. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 13 - number subfunction - * ecx = 1 - number of the function фЁрщтхЁр - * edx = pointer on the buffer of a size of 512 bytes + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 13 - subfunction number + * ecx = 1 - number of the driver function + * edx = pointer to 512-bytes buffer Returned value: - * If the driver is not loaded (never it happens in current implementation): + * if driver is not loaded + (never happens in the current implementation): * eax = -1 - * ebx, ecx fail - * If the driver is loaded: - * eax = 'MDAZ' (in style fasm, i.e. 'M' - low byte, - 'Z' - high) - signature - * ebx = current frequency of the scanning (in a Hz) - * ecx fail - * buffer, which specifies edx, is filled + * ebx, ecx destroyed + * if driver is loaded: + * eax = 'MDAZ' (in fasm style, that is 'M' - low byte, 'Z' - high) + - signature + * ebx = current frequency of the scanning (in Hz) + * ecx destroyed + * buffer pointed to by edx is filled Format of the buffer: - * +0: 32*byte: name of the driver, " Trans VideoDriver " (without quotes, - is supplemented by blanks) - * +32 = +0x20: dword: version of the driver (version x.y is encoded - as y*65536+x), for current implementation 1 (1.0) - * +36 = +0x24: 7*dword: reserved (0 in current implementation) - * +64 = +0x40: 32*word: list of supported videomodes (each word - number - of videomode, after the purely list there are zero) - * +128 = +0x80: 32*(5*word): list of supported frequencies of the scannings - for videomodes: for each videomode indicated in the previous field, - up to 5 supported frequencies (in unused positions are indicated the zero) - are written. + * +0: 32*byte: driver name, "Trans VideoDriver" + (without quotes, supplemented by spaces) + * +32 = +0x20: dword: driver version (version x.y is encoded as + y*65536+x), for the current implementation is 1 (1.0) + * +36 = +0x24: 7*dword: reserved (0 in the current implementation) + * +64 = +0x40: 32*word: list of supported videomodes (each word + is number of a videomode, after list itself there are zeroes) + * +128 = +0x80: 32*(5*word): list of supported frequences of the + scannings for videomodes: for each videomode listed in the + previous field up to 5 supported frequences are given + (unused positions contain zeroes) Remarks: - * Function initializes the driver (if it is not initialized yet) and should - be called by first, before others (differently they will return -1, - nothing doing). - * In current implementation one frequency of the scanning on videomode - is supported only. + * Function initializes the driver (if it is not initialized yet) + and must be called first, before others (otherwise they will do + nothing and return -1). + * The current implementation supports only one frequency + of the scanning on videomode. ====================================================================== -============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 2 ========== -================= Get information on current videomode. ============== +============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 2 =========== +================ Get information on current videomode. =============== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 13 - number subfunction - * ecx = 2 - number of the function of the driver + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 13 - subfunction number + * ecx = 2 - number of the driver function Returned value: - * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized; - ebx,ecx fail + * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized; + ebx,ecx are destroyed * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] - * ebx = frequency of the vertical scanning (in a Hz) + * ebx = frequency of the vertical scanning (in Hz) * ecx = number of current videomode Remarks: - * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. - * If the sizes of the screen are necessary only, it is more expedient - to use the function 14 that it returns sizes on 1 less. + * Driver must be initialized by call to + driver function 1. + * If only screen sizes are required, it is more expedient to use + function 14 taking into account that it + returns sizes on 1 less. ====================================================================== -= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 3 - install videomode. +=== Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 3 - set videomode. === ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 13 - number subfunction - * ecx = 3 - number of the function of the driver - * edx = [frequency of the scanning] *65536 + [number of videomode] + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 13 - subfunction number + * ecx = 3 - number of the driver function + * edx = [scanning frequency]*65536 + [videomode number] Returned value: - * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded, not initialized or has taken place error - * eax = 0 - successfully - * ebx, ecx fail + * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded, not initialized or + an error has occured + * eax = 0 - success + * ebx, ecx destroyed Remarks: - * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. - * Number of videomode and frequency should be in the table returned - function 1 of the driver. + * Driver must be initialized by driver function 1. + * The videomode number and frequency must be in the table + returned by driver function 1. ====================================================================== -============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 4 ========== -===================== Return to former videomode. ==================== +============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 4 =========== +================== Return to the initial videomode. ================== ====================================================================== -┬ючтЁр∙рхЄ ¤ъЁрэ т videomode, єёЄрэютыхээюь яЁш чруЁєчъх ёшёЄхь√. +Returns the screen to the videomode set at system boot. Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 13 - number subfunction - * ecx = 4 - number of the function of the driver + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 13 - subfunction number + * ecx = 4 - number of the driver function Returned value: - * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized - * eax = 0 - successfully - * ebx, ecx fail + * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized + * eax = 0 - success + * ebx, ecx destroyed Remarks: - * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. + * Driver must be initialized by call to driver function 1. -======================================================================= -============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 5 =========== -====== Increase/reduce a size of visible area of screen monitor. ====== -======================================================================= +====================================================================== +============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 5 =========== +===== Increase/decrease the size of the visible area of monitor. ===== +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 21 - number of the function - * ebx = 13 - number subfunction - * ecx = 5 - number of the function of the driver - * edx = 0/1 - reduce/increase a size on a horizontal by one position - * edx = 2/3 - in current realization is not supported; is planned as - decrease/increase of a size on a vertical for one position + * eax = 21 - function number + * ebx = 13 - subfunction number + * ecx = 5 - number of the driver function + * edx = 0/1 - decrease/increase horizontal size on 1 position + * edx = 2/3 - is not supported in the current implementation; + is planned as decrease/increase vertical size on 1 position Returned value: - * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized - * eax = 0 - successfully - * ebx, ecx fail + * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized + * eax = 0 - success + * ebx, ecx destroyed Remarks: - * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. - * Function influences only a physical size of the map on the screen monitor; - the logical size (number of pixels) does not vary. + * Driver must be initialized by call to driver function 1. + * Function influences only the physical size of the screen image; + the logical size (number of pixels) does not change. ====================================================================== -=============== Function 22 - install system date/time. ============== +================= Function 22 - set system date/time. ================ ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 22 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - install time - * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH - time in a binary-decimal code (BCD): + * eax = 22 - function number + * ebx = 0 - set time + * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH - time in the binary-decimal code (BCD): * HH=hour 00..23 * MM=minute 00..59 * SS=second 00..59 - * ebx = 1 - єёЄрэютшЄ№ фрЄє - * ecx = 0x00DDMMYY - date in a binary-decimal code (BCD): + * ebx = 1 - set date + * ecx = 0x00DDMMYY - date in the binary-decimal code (BCD): * DD=day 01..31 * MM=month 01..12 * YY=year 00..99 - * ebx = 2 - install day of week + * ebx = 2 - set day of week * ecx = 1 for Sunday, ..., 7 for Saturday - * ebx = 3 - install an alarm clock + * ebx = 3 - set alarm clock * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - parameter is given incorrectly + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - incorrect parameter * eax = 2 - CMOS-battery was unloaded Remarks: - * value of installation of day of week is represented doubtful, as it a - little where is used (day of week it is possible to calculate by date of). - * Alarm clock can be installed on operation in the given time each day. - Thus to disable by its existing system functions it is impossible. - * Operation of an alarm clock consists in generation IRQ8. - * Generally CMOS supports for an alarm clock installation of value 0xFF - as one of parameters and means it, that the appropriate parameter - is ignored. But in current implementation it will not pass - (will return value 1). - * Alarm clock - global system resource; the installation of an alarm clock - automatically cancels the previous installation. However, at present any - program it does not use. + * Value of installation of day of week seems to be doubtful, + as it a little where is used + (day of week can be calculated by date). + * Alarm clock can be set on operation in the given time every day. + But there is no existing system function to disable it. + * Operation of alarm clock consists in generation IRQ8. + * Generally CMOS supports for alarm clock set of value 0xFF + as one of parameters and it means that the appropriate parameter + is ignored. But current implementation does not allow this + (will return 1). + * Alarm clock is a global system resource; the set of + an alarm clock cancels automatically the previous set. + However, at moment no program uses it. ====================================================================== -============== Function 23 - expect event with timeout. ============= +============= Function 23 - wait for event with timeout. ============= ====================================================================== -If message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message in queue, but no more indicated time. Then reads out the message from queue. +If the message queue is empty, waits for new message in the queue, +but no more than given time. Then reads out a message from the queue. Parameters: - * eax = 23 - number of the function + * eax = 23 - function number * ebx = timeout (in 1/100 of second) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - message queue is empty - * differently eax = event (look the list of events) + * eax = 0 - the message queue is empty + * otherwise eax = event (see the list of events) Remarks: - * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed - by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys - and buttons. - * For check, whether there is a message in queue, use the function 11. - To wait as much as long, use the function 10. - * Transmission ebx=0 results in instant returning eax=0. - * At current realization there will be an immediate return from the function - with eax=0, if the addition ebx with current value of the counter of time - will call 32-bit overflow. + * Only those events are taken into account, which enter into + the mask set by function 40. By default it is + redraw, key and button events. + * To check for presence of a message in the queue use function 11. + To wait without timeout use function 10. + * Transmission ebx=0 results in immediate returning eax=0. + * Current implementation returns immediately with eax=0, + if the addition of ebx with the current value of time counter + makes 32-bit overflow. ====================================================================== -======= Function 24, subfunction 1 - begin to play a CD - audio. ===== +======== Function 24, subfunction 1 - begin to play CD-audio. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 24 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 24 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number * ecx = 0x00FRSSMM, where - * MM = initial minute - * SS = initial second - * FR = initial frame + * MM = starting minute + * SS = starting second + * FR = starting frame Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined Remarks: - * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call - subfunction 3 functions 21. - * In one second 75 frames, in one minute 60 seconds. - * Function is asynchronous (returns handle, when the playing) began. + * Previously CD base must be defined by the call to + subfunction 3 of function 21. + * One second includes 75 frames, one minute includes 60 seconds. + * The function is asynchronous (returns control, when play begins). ====================================================================== -====== Function 24, subfunction 2 - get information on tracks. ======= +======= Function 24, subfunction 2 - get information on tracks. ====== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 24 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on the buffer for the table - (maximal 8*64h+4 byte =100 tracks) + * eax = 24 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to the buffer for the table + (maximum 8*64h+4 bytes=100 tracks) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined Remarks: - * The format of the table with the information on tracks same, as well - as for a ATAPI-CD of the command 43h (READ TOC), usual table - (subcommand 00h). The addresses come back in the format MSF. - * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call - subfunction 3 functions 21. - * Function returns the information only about no more than 100 first tracks. - In most cases it is enough of it. + * The format of the table with tracks information is the same as + for ATAPI-CD command 43h (READ TOC), usual table (subcommand 00h). + Function returns addresses in MSF. + * Previously CD base port must be set by call to + subfunction 3 of function 21. + * Function returns information only about no more than 100 + first tracks. In most cases it is enough. ====================================================================== -========= Function 24, subfunction 3 - stop play CD - audio. ========= +========== Function 24, subfunction 3 - stop play CD-audio. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 24 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 24 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined -Remarks: - * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call - subfunction 3 functions 21. + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined +╟рьхўрэш : + * Previously CD base port must be defined by call to + subfunction 3 of function 21. ====================================================================== -================= Function 25 - install volume SBPro. ================ +=================== Function 25 - set SBPro volume. ================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 25 - number of the function - * ebx = what to install: - * 1 - install common volume - * 2 - install volume of CD - audio - * cl = Level of volume: high 4 bits for the left column, low 4 - for right + * eax = 25 - function number + * ebx = what to set: + * 1 - set common volume + * 2 - set CD-audio volume + * cl = volume level: high 4 bits for the left column, + low 4 bits for the right one Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - base SB is not defined + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - SB base is not defined * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction Remarks: - * Previously it is necessary to define a base port SB by call - subfunction 4 functions 21. - * See also function 28 installations of a sound for later standard SB16. + * Previously SB base port must be defined by + subfunction 4 of function 21. + * See also function 28 which sets + volume for the later standard SB16. ====================================================================== -======== Function 26, subfunction 1 - get base port MPU MIDI. ======== +======== Function 26, subfunction 1 - get MPU MIDI base port. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = number of a port -Remarks: - * Install a base port it is possible by call subfunction of 1 function 21. + * eax = port number +Parameters: + * To set base port use subfunction 1 of function 21. ====================================================================== ========== Function 26, subfunction 2 - get keyboard layout. ========= ====================================================================== -The keyboard layout is used for conversion scancodes, acting from the keyboard, -in ASCII-codes which were read - out by the function 2. +The keyboard layout is used to convert keyboard scancodes to +ASCII-codes for function 2. Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number * ecx = what layout to get: * 1 = normal layout - * 2 = layout at pressed Shift - * 3 = layout at pressed Alt - * edx = pointer on the buffer of length 128 bytes, where the layout - will be copied + * 2 = layout with pressed Shift + * 3 = layout with pressed Alt + * edx = pointer to the 128-bytes buffer, where the layout will be + copied Returned value: * function does not return value -╚ыш: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction +Or: + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number * ecx = 9 Returned value: - * eax = identifier of the country (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) + * eax = country identifier (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) Remarks: - * If is pressed Alt, the layout with Alt is used; if not is pressed Alt, - but is pressed Shift, the layout with Shift is used; if not are - pressed Alt and Shift, but is pressed Ctrl, the normal layout is used, - then from the code is subtracted 0x60; if not any of direction keys - is pressed, the normal layout is used. - * Install layouts and identifier of the country it is possible with the help - subfunction 2 functions 21. - * The identifier of the country - global environment variable, which by - kernel is not used; however application @panel displays an icon, - appropriate to the current country (using the described function). - * Application @panel switches layouts on search of the user. + * If Alt is pressed, the layout with Alt is used; + if Alt is not pressed, but Shift is pressed, + the layout with Shift is used; + if Alt and Shift are not pressed, but Ctrl is pressed, the normal + layout is used and then from the code is subtracted 0x60; + if no control key is pressed, the normal layout is used. + * To set layout and country identifier use + subfunction 2 of function 21. + * Country identifier is global system variable, which is not used + by the kernel itself; however the application '@panel' displays + the corresponding icon (using this function). + * The application @panel switches layouts on user request. ====================================================================== -============= Function 26, subfunction 3 - get base CD. ============== +============== Function 26, subfunction 3 - get CD base. ============= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = base CD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 + * eax = CD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 Remarks: - * Base CD is used by the function 24. - * Install base CD it is possible by call subfunction 3 functions 21. + * CD base is used by function 24. + * To set CD base use subfunction 3 of function 21. ====================================================================== -====== Function 26, subfunction 4 - get base port Sound Blaster. ===== +====== Function 26, subfunction 4 - get Sound Blaster base port. ===== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = number of a base port + * eax = base port number Remarks: - * Installation of base is necessary for operation of functions 25, 55. - * Install a base port it is possible by call subfunction 4 functions 21. + * Bae port is used by functions 25, 55. + * To set base port use subfunction 4 of function 21. ====================================================================== -======== Function 26, subfunction 5 - get language of system. ======== +========== Function 26, subfunction 5 - get system language. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = language of system (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) + * eax = system language (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) Remarks: - * Language of the system - global environment variable in any way which - is not used by kernel, however application @panel draws - an appropriate icon (using described function). - * Install the language of the system it is possible by call - subfunction 5 functions 21. + * System language is global system variable and is not used + by the kernel itself, however application @panel draws the + appropriate icon (using this function). + * To set system language use subfunction 5 of function 21. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 26, subfunction 6 - get base port WSS. ========== +=========== Function 26, subfunction 6 - get WSS base port. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 6 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 6 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = base port Remarks: - * Base WSS is used by the function 27. - * Install a base port WSS it is possible by call subfunction 6 functions 21. + * WSS base is used by function 27. + * To set WSS base port use subfunction 6 of function 21. ====================================================================== -============== Function 26, subfunction 7 - get base HD. ============= +============== Function 26, subfunction 7 - get HD base. ============= ====================================================================== -The base HD is necessary for definition, on what hard disk to write, at usage -of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and functions -implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions 18); -At usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 -these functions install base. +The HD base defines hard disk to write with usage of obsolete +file system functions and functions implicitly using the hard disk +(such as subfunction 6 of function 18); +at usage of function 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 +these function set base themselves. Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 7 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 7 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = base HD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 + * eax = HD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 Remarks: - * Any application at any moment of time can change срчє. - * Install base it is possible by call subfunction 7 functions 21. - * Get used partition of the hard disk it is possible subfunction 8. + * Any application in any time can change HD base. + * To set base use subfunction 7 of function 21. + * To get used partition of hard disk use subfunction 8. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 26, subfunction 8 - get partition HD. =========== +========= Function 26, subfunction 8 - get used HD partition. ======== ====================================================================== -The partition HD is necessary for definition, on what partition of the hard disk -to write, at usage of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and -functions implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions -18); at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 -these functions install base and partition. +The HD partition defines partition of the hard disk to write with +usage of obsolete file system functions and functions implicitly +using the hard disk (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); +at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 +these functions set base and partition themselves. Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = partition HD (beginning from 1) + * eax = HD partition (beginning from 1) Remarks: - * Any application at any moment of time can change partition. - * Install partition it is possible by call subfunction 8 functions 21. - * Find out number of partitions on the hard disk it is possible by call - subfunction 11 functions 18. - * Get used base of the hard disk it is possible subfunction 7. + * Any application in any time can change partition. + * To set partition use subfunction 8 of function 21. + * To get number of partitions on a hard disk use + subfunction 11 of function 18. + * To get base of used hard disk, use subfunction 7. ====================================================================== -=== Function 26, subfunction 9 - get value of the counter of time. === +=== Function 26, subfunction 9 - get the value of the time counter. == ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 9 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 9 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = number of 1/100 second, past from the moment of start of the system + * eax = number of 1/100s of second, past from the system boot time Remarks: - * counter takes modulo 2^32, that there corresponds by little more+ - than 497 day. - * System time can be get by the function 3. + * Counter takes modulo 2^32, that correspond to a little more + than 497 days. + * To get system time use function 3. ====================================================================== -====== Function 26, subfunction 10 - get channel DMA for a sound. ==== +======== Function 26, subfunction 10 - get sound DMA channel. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 10 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 10 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = number of the channel (from 0 up to 3 inclusively) + * eax = number of the channel (from 0 to 3 inclusive) Remarks: - * Number of the channel DMA is used in subfunction 1 function 55. - * Install the channel DMA for a sound it is possible by call - subfunction 10 functions 21. + * Number of the DMA channel is used by subfunction 1 of function 55. + * To set the sound DMA channel use subfunction 10 of function 21. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 26, subfunction 11 =================== -========= Find out, whether low level access to HD is allowed. ======= +===================== Function 26, subfunction 11 ==================== +========== Find out whether low-level HD access is enabled. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 11 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 11 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = 0/1 - prohibit/permit + * eax = 0/1 - disabled/enabled Remarks: - * Is used at LBA-reading (subfunction 8 functions 58). - * Install a current status it is possible by call - subfunction 11 functions 21. + * Is used in LBA read (subfunction 8 of function 58). + * To set current state use subfunction 11 of function 21. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 26, subfunction 12 =================== -======= Find out, whether low level access to PCI is allowed. ======== +===================== Function 26, subfunction 12 ==================== +========== Find out whether low-level PCI access is enabled. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 26 - number of the function - * ebx = 12 - number subfunction + * eax = 26 - function number + * ebx = 12 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = 0/1 - prohibit/permit + * eax = 0/1 - disabled/enabled Remarks: - * Is used by operation with the bus PCI (function 62). - * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. - * install a current status it is possible by call - subfunction 12 functions 21. + * Is used by operations with PCI bus (function 62). + * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. + * To set the current state use subfunction 12 of function 21. ====================================================================== -==== Function 27 - install volume Windows Sound System (WSS). === +======== Function 27 - set Windows Sound System (WSS) volume. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 27 - number of the function - * ebx = what to install: - * 1 - install common volume - * 2 - install volume Line In - * cl = Level of volume (0x0 = highest, 0x1F = lowest, - installed bit 0x80 = to disable) + * eax = 27 - function number + * ebx = what to set: + * 1 - set common volume + * 2 - set Line In volume + * cl = volume level (0x0=highest, 0x1F=lowest, + if bit 0x80 is set=disable) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - the base WSS is not defined + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - WSS base is not defined * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction Remarks: - * Previously it is necessary to define a base port WSS by call - subfunction 6 functions 21. - * Installation of common volume is actually ignored (comes back eax=0). - * In old documentation and in source code of a kernel subfunction 2 - is erraticly called as volume of a CD - audio. + * Previously WSS base port must be defined by call to + subfunction 6 of function 21. + * Set of common volume is ignored (function simply returns eax=0). + * Old documentation and kernel sources erraticly name function 2 + as CD-audio volume. ====================================================================== -================= Function 28 - install volume SB16. ================= +=================== Function 28 - set SB16 volume. =================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 28 - number of the function + * eax = 28 - function number * ebx = what to install: * 1 - install common volume - * 2 - install volume of a CD - audio - * cl = level of volume (0=off, 0xFF=max) + * 2 - install CD-audio volume + * cl = volume level (0=off, 0xFF=max) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - the base SB is not defined + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - SB base is not defined * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction Remarks: - * Previously it is necessary to define a base port SB by call - subfunction 4 functions 21. - * This function gives more variants for volume, than function 25. + * Previously SB base port must be defined by + subfunction 4 of function 21. + * This function gives more variants for volume, that function 25. ====================================================================== -==================== Function 29 - get system date. ================== +=================== Function 29 - get system date. =================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 29 - number of the function + * eax = 29 - function number Returned value: * eax = 0x00DDMMYY, where - (binary-decimal coding is used, BCD) - * YY = two low digits of year (00.. 99) - * MM = month (01.. 12) - * DD = day (01.. 31) + (binary-decimal coding, BCD, is used) + * YY = two low digits of year (00..99) + * MM = month (01..12) + * DD = day (01..31) Remarks: - * The system date can be installed by the function 22. + * To set system date use function 22. ====================================================================== -=============== Function 32 - delete file with ramdisk. ============== +=============== Function 32 - delete file from ramdisk. ============== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 32 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on a filename + * eax = 32 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the filename Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system + * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code Remarks: - * This function is obsolete; the function 58 allows to fulfil the same - operations with the extended possibilities. - * Current realization returns only values 0 (successes) - and 5 (the file is not retrieved). - * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters - - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are - supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters - "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX" (name no more than 8 characters, point, - extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). - Filename should be written by capital letters. The completing character - with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). + * This function is obsolete; function 58 allows to fulfill + the same operations with the extended possibilities. + * The current implementation returns only values 0(success) and + 5(file not found). + * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters + (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, + the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), + or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " + (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters + supplemented if necessary by spaces). + The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating + character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). + * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. ====================================================================== -=============== Function 33 - save file on ramdisk. ================== +================ Function 33 - write file to ramdisk. ================ ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 33 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on a filename - * ecx = pointer on data for save - * edx = number byte for save - * it is necessary to install esi=0 + * eax = 33 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the filename + * ecx = pointer to data for writing + * edx = number of bytes for writing + * should be set esi=0 Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code Remarks: - * This function is obsolete; the function 58 allows to fulfil the same - operations with the extended possibilities. - * If to specify non-zero value in esi and on ramdisk already there is an - indicated file, one more file with the same name will be created. - * Otherwise file is resave. - * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters - - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are - supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters - "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX" (name no more than 8 characters, point, - extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). - Filename should be written by capital letters. The completing character - with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). + * This function is obsolete; function 70 allows to fulfil + the same operations with extended possibilities. + * If esi contains non-zero value and selected file already exists, + one more file with the same name will be created. + * Otherwise file will be overwritten. + * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters + (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, + the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), + or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " + (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters + supplemented if necessary by spaces). + The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating + character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). + * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. ====================================================================== -======== Function 35 - read colour of a point on the screen. ========= +======= Function 35 - read the color of a pixel on the screen. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: * eax = 35 * ebx = y*xsize+x, where - * (x,y) = coordinates of a point (considering from 0) - * xsize = size of the screen on a horizontal + * (x,y) = coordinates of a pixel (beginning from 0) + * xsize = horizontal screen size Returned value: - * eax = colour 0x00RRGGBB + * eax = color 0x00RRGGBB Remarks: - * Find out sizes of the screen it is possible by function call 14. - Pay attention, that it subtracts 1 of both sizes. - * To a video memory there is also direct access (without calls of system - functions) through the selector gs. Parameters of current videomode - it is possible to receive by the function 61. + * To get screen sizes use function 14. Pay attention, + that it subtracts 1 from both sizes. + * There is also direct access (without any system calls) + to videomemory through the selector gs. To get parameters of + the current videomode, use function 61. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 37 - get coordinate/status of mouse. ============ +========= Function 37 - get coordinates/status of the mouse. ========= ====================================================================== ------------- Subfunction 0 - screen coordinates of mouse ------------- +---------- Subfunction 0 - screen coordinates of the mouse ----------- Parameters: - * eax = 37 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - number subfunction + * eax = 37 - function number + * ebx = 0 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of mouse pointer (considering from 0) + * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of the mouse pointer + (beginning from 0) ------- Subfunction 1 - coordinates of mouse concerning window ------- +-- Subfunction 1 - coordinates of the mouse relative to the window --- Parameters: - * eax = 37 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 37 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of mouse pointer concerning - an application window (considering from 0) + * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of the mouse pointer + relative to the application window (beginning from 0) Remarks: - * Value is calculated under the formula (x-xwnd) *65536 + (y-ywnd). - If y > =ywnd, the low word nonnegatively also contains relative - y-coordinate, and high - relative x-coordinate (correct sign). - Otherwise low word negatively and all the same contains relative - y-coordinate, and to a high word it is necessary to add 1. + * The value is calculated by formula (x-xwnd)*65536 + (y-ywnd). + If y>=ywnd, the low word is non-negative and contains + relative y-coordinate, and the high word - relative x-coordinate + (with correct sign). Otherwise the low word is negative and still + contains relative y-coordinate, and to the high word + 1 should be added. ----------------- Subfunction 2 - pressed mouse buttons ---------------- +------------ Subfunction 2 - pressed buttons of the mouse ------------ Parameters: - * eax = 37 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 37 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax contains information on the pressed mouse buttons: - * Bit 0 installed = left button pressed - * Bit 1 installed = right button pressed - * Other bits are reset + * eax contains information on the pressed mouse buttons: + * bit 0 is set = left button is pressed + * bit 1 is set = right button is pressed + * other bits are cleared ====================================================================== ====================== Function 38 - draw line. ====================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 38 - number of the function - * ebx = [coordinate began on axis x] *65536 + - [coordinate of the end on axis x] - * ecx = [coordinate began on axis y]*65536 + - [coordinate of the end on axis y] - * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - colour + * eax = 38 - function number + * ebx = [start coordinate on axis x]*65536 + + [end coordinate on axis x] + * ecx = [start coordinate on axis y]*65536 + + [end coordinate on axis y] + * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - color Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Coordinates take concerning window. - * Finite point also is drawn. + * Coordinates are relative to the window. + * End point is also drawn. ====================================================================== -===== Function 39, subfunction 1 - get size of background image. ===== +== Function 39, subfunction 1 - get a size of the background image. == ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 39 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 39 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] Remarks: - * There is a pair command of installation of sizes of background image - - subfunction of 1 function 15. After which, certainly, it is necessary - anew to define image. + * There is a pair function to set sizes of background image - + subfunction 1 of function 15. After which it is necessary, + of course, anew to define image. ====================================================================== -== Function 39, subfunction 2 - read a point from background image. == +== Function 39, subfunction 2 - get pixel from the background image. = ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 39 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 39 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number * ecx = offset Returned value: - * eax = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a point, if offset is valid (less 0x160000-16) - * eax = 2 - differently + * eax = 0x00RRGGBB - pixel color, if offset is valid + (less than 0x160000-16) + * eax = 2 otherwise Remarks: - * It is not necessary to rely on returned value in case of incorrect offset, - it can vary in the following versions of a kernel. - * Offset of a point with coordinates (x, y) is calculated as (x+y*xsize) *3. - * There is a pair function of installation of a point on background image - - subfunction 2 functions 15. + * Do not rely on returned value for invalid offsets, it may be + changed in future kernel versions. + * Offset for pixel with coordinates (x,y) + is calculated as (x+y*xsize)*3. + * There is a pair function to set pixel on the background image - + subfunction 2 of function 15. ====================================================================== -==== Function 39, subfunction 4 - get mode redraw of background. ===== +== Function 39, subfunction 4 - get drawing mode for the background. = ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 39 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction + * eax = 39 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = 1 - tiled - * eax = 2 - stretched + * eax = 1 - tile + * eax = 2 - stretch Remarks: - * There is a pair function of installation of mode redraw of a background - - subfunction 4 functions 15. + * There is a pair function to set drawing mode - + subfunction 4 of function 15. ====================================================================== -========== Function 40 - install a mask for expected events. ========= +=========== Function 40 - set the mask for expected events. ========== ====================================================================== -Mask for expected events influences function of operation with events 10, -11, 23 - they inform only events allowed by this mask. +The mask for expected events affects function working with events +10, 11, 23 - they notify only about events allowed by this mask. Parameters: - * eax = 40 - number of the function + * eax = 40 - function number * ebx = mask: bit i corresponds to event i+1 (see list of events) - (installed bit permits notice on event) + (set bit permits notice on event) Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Mask by default (7=111b) permits notices about redraw, - pressings keys and buttons. - It is enough of it for the majority of the applications. - * The events prohibited in a mask, are all same saved, if come; - with events simply do not inform on them functions of operation. - * Functions of operation with events take into account a mask on moment - of function call, instead of on moment of arrival of message. + * Default mask (7=111b) enables nofices about redraw, + keys and buttons. This is enough for many applications. + * Events prohibited in the mask are saved anyway, when come; + they are simply not informed with event functions. + * Event functions take into account the mask on moment of + function call, not on moment of event arrival. ====================================================================== -=============== Function 41 - find out the owner IRQ. ================ +==================== Function 41 - get IRQ owner. ==================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 41 - number of the function - * ebx = number IRQ, 0..15 + * eax = 41 - function number + * ebx = IRQ number, 0..15 Returned value: - * eax = PID of owner - * eax = 0, if owner is not present + * eax = owner PID + * eax = 0, if there is no owner * eax = -1 for incorrect ebx ====================================================================== -=============== Function 42 - read data obtained on IRQ. ============= +==================== Function 42 - read IRQ data. ==================== ====================================================================== -At occurrence IRQ system can read out data from indicated earlier by -function 44 ports and to write these data in buffer. -Described function reads out on byte the data from this buffer. +When an IRQ occurs, the system reads data from ports indicated +earlier by function 44 and writes this data to +internal buffer. This function reads out data from that buffer +bytewise. Parameters: - * eax = 42 - number of the function - * ebx = number IRQ, 0..15 -Returned value: (situation can be distinguished on value ecx) - * if thread is not owner IRQ - (or number IRQ is given incorrectly): + * eax = 42 - function number + * ebx = IRQ number, 0..15 +Returned value: (use value of ecx to distinguish) + * if the thread is not IRQ owner (or IRQ number is incorrect): * ecx = 2 - * if data is not present: + * if there is no data: * eax = 0 * ecx = 1 - * ebx fail - * if all in the order and data were: - * eax = size given, yet not read from the buffer (in bytes) + * ebx destroyed + * if all is ok: + * eax = byte size of data, not yet read from buffer * ecx = 0 * ebx = current byte Remarks: - * Previously thread should reserve for itself indicated IRQ - by the function 45. - * Size of the buffer for the data - 4000 bytes, at overflow - the "fresh" data cease to be written in the buffer. + * Previously the thread must reserve indicated IRQ for itself + by function 45. + * The size of data buffer is 4000 bytes, on overflow + "fresh" data cease to be written in the buffer. ====================================================================== -================ Function 43 - input/output in port. ================= +================ Function 43 - input/output to a port. =============== ====================================================================== ------------------------- Data output in port ------------------------- +------------------------ Output data to port ------------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 43 - number of the function + * eax = 43 - function number * bl = byte for output - * ecx = number of port 0xnnnn (from 0 up to 0xFFFF) + * ecx = port number 0xnnnn (from 0 to 0xFFFF) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - thread the indicated port has not reserved + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - the thread has not reserved the selected port ------------------------- Data input from a port ------------------------ +------------------------ Input data from port ------------------------ Parameters: - * eax = 43 - number of the function - * ebx ignored - * ecx = 0x8000nnnn, where nnnn = number of port (from 0 up to 0xFFFF) + * eax = 43 - function number + * ebx is ignored + * ecx = 0x8000nnnn, where nnnn = port number (from 0 to 0xFFFF) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, thus ebx = entered byte - * eax = 1 - thread the given port has not reserved + * eax = 0 - success, thus ebx = entered byte + * eax = 1 - the thread has not reserved the selected port Remarks: - * Previously thread should reserve behind itself the indicated port - by the function 46. - * For the reserved ports instead of call of these functions it is better - to use commands of the processor in/out is much faster both a little bit - more shortly and easier. From the non-reserved ports to read all the same - it is impossible. + * Previously the thread must reserve the selected port + for itself by function 46. + * Instead of call to this function it is better to use + processor instructions in/out - this is much + faster and a bit shorter and easier. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 44 - define operations at arrival IRQ. ========== +=========== Function 44 - define operations at IRQ arrival. ========== ====================================================================== -At occurrence IRQ the system can read out the data from the ports, indicated -by this function, and to write these data in the buffer, whence they can be -read by the function 42. +At IRQ arrival the system can read the data from ports defined +by this function and write these data to internal buffer, whence +they can be read by ЇєэъЎшхщ 42. Parameters: - * eax = 44 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on the array of structures describing on one port: - * +0: word: 0 means the end of the array, differently number of a port + * eax = 44 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the array of structures each describing one port: + * +0: word: 0 means end of array, otherwise port number * +2: byte: reserved (ignored) - * +3: byte: 1 = read out byte from this port, 2 = read out a word - * ecx = number IRQ, 0..15 + * +3: byte: 1=read byte from this port, 2=read word + * ecx = IRQ number, 0..15 Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - thread is not owner indicated IRQ + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - the thread is not owner of selected IRQ Remarks: - * Previously thread should reserve behind itself indicated IRQ - by the function 45. + * Previously the thread must reserve for itself selected IRQ + by function 45. * First 16 ports are considered only. - * Current implementation considers incorrect value of a field +3 - as a signal of termination of processing IRQ. + * The current implementation considers incorrect value of field +3 + as a signal to terminate IRQ processing. ====================================================================== -============ Function 45 - reserve/free IRQ. ============ +=================== Function 45 - reserve/free IRQ. ================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 45 - number of the function + * eax = 45 - function number * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 = free - * ecx = number IRQ, 0..15 + * ecx = IRQ number, 0..15 Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - error (incorrect number IRQ or attempt reserve not free IRQ - or to free IRQ, not reserved by current stream) + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - error (invalid IRQ number + or attempt to reserve not free IRQ + or to free IRQ, not reserved by this thread) Remarks: - * Reserved IRQ is necessary for operation of functions 42 and 44. - * Only one thread can reserve selected IRQ. - * IRQ, processed by the system is independent, are reserved by - the system (stream 1) at loading. - * At completion thread are automatically released all reserved by it IRQ. + * IRQ reservation is required for functions 42 and 44. + * Only one thread can reserve the specific IRQ. + * IRQs, handled by the system itself, are reserved by the system + (thread 1) at booting. + * When a thread terminates, all reserved by it IRQs + are freed automatically. ====================================================================== -==== Function 46 - reserve/free group of ports of input/output. ====== +====== Function 46 - reserve/free a group of input/output ports. ===== ====================================================================== -It is possible to access to the reserved ports directly from the application by -commands in/out (recommended way) and function call 43 (not recommended way). +To work with reserved ports an application can access directly by +commands in/out (recommended way) and can use function 43 +(not recommended way). Parameters: - * eax = 46 - number of the function + * eax = 46 - function number * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 - free - * ecx = number of a beginning of a range of ports - * edx = number of the end of a range of ports (inclusively) + * ecx = start port number + * edx = end port number (inclusive) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully + * eax = 0 - success * eax = 1 - error Remarks: - * In case of backup of ports the error considers execution of one - of conditions: - * beginning address more than end address; - * indicated range contains incorrect number of a port - (correct - from 0 up to 0xFFFF); - * limitation on a total number of the reserved areas - - is exceeded the maximal 255 is admitted; - * indicated range is intersected with one of earlier reserved - * In case of release of ports the error considers attempt of release of - a range, which was not wholly reserved by same function (with the same - values ecx, edx) earlier. - * At detection of an error (in both cases) any operations is not does. - * At loading the system reserved behind itself ports 0.. 0xff, and at - detection of COM-mouse - in addition range of COM-ports 0x3f0.. 0x3ff - and/or 0x2f0.. 0x2ff. - * At completion thread all ports, reserved by it are automatically free. + * For ports reservation: an error occurs if and only if + one from the following condition satisfies: + * start port is more than end port; + * the selected range contains incorrect port number + (correct are from 0 to 0xFFFF); + * limit for the total number of reserved areas is exceeded + (maximum 255 are allowed); + * the selected range intersects with any of earlier reserved + * For ports free: an error is an attempt to free range, + that was not earlier reserved by this function + (with same ecx,edx). + * If an error occurs (for both cases) function performs no action. + * At booting the system reserves for itself ports 0..0xff, and if + COM-mouse is detected - additionally range of COM-ports + 0x3f0..0x3ff and/or 0x2f0..0x2ff. + * When a thread terminates, all reserved by it ports + are freed automatically. ====================================================================== -============== Function 47 - draw number in window. ================== +============= Function 47 - draw a number in the window. ============= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 47 - number of the function - * ebx = parameters of conversion of number in the text: + * eax = 47 - function number + * ebx = parameters of conversion number to text: * bl = 0 - ecx contains number - * bl = 1 - ecx contains the pointer on dword-number - * bh = 0 - to display in a decimal number system - * bh = 1 - to display in the hexadecimal system - * bh = 2 - to display in the binary system - * Bits 16-21 = how many digits to display - * The bits 22-31 are reserved and should be installed in 0 - * ecx = number (at bl=0) or pointer (at bl=1) + * bl = 1 - ecx contains pointer to dword-number + * bh = 0 - display in decimal number system + * bh = 1 - display in hexadecimal system + * bh = 2 - display in binary system + * сшЄ√ 16-21 = how many digits to display + * сшЄ√ 22-31 reserved and must be set to 0 + * ecx = number (if bl=0) or pointer (if bl=1) * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] - * esi = 0xN0RRGGBB, RRGGBB=colour, N=font (0/1) + * esi = 0xN0RRGGBB, RRGGBB=color, N=font (0/1) Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Indicated length should not exceed 60. - * The equally indicated amount of digits is output. If the number a little - also can be written by smaller amount of digits, it is supplemented by - leading zeroes; if the number is great and can not be written by such - amount of digits, the "superfluous" carrying on digits are not draw. - * Parameters of fonts are indicated in the description of the function 4 - (output of the text). + * The given length must not exceed 60. + * The exactly given amount of digits is output. If number is small + and can be written by smaller amount of digits, it is supplemented + by leading zeroes; if the number is big and can not be written by + given amount of digits, extra digits are not drawn. + * Parameters of fonts are shown in the description of function 4 + (text output). ====================================================================== -===== Function 48, subfunction 0 - apply adjustments of screen. ====== +========= Function 48, subfunction 0 - apply screen settings. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - number subfunction + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 0 - subfunction number * ecx = 0 - reserved Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Function redraw the screen after change of parameters + * Function redraws the screen after parameters change by subfunctions 1 and 2. - * Function call without prior calls indicated subfunctions is ignored. - * Function call with non-zero ecx is ignored. + * Function call without prior call to one of indicated subfunctions + is ignored. + * Function call with nonzero ecx is ignored. ====================================================================== -======= Function 48, subfunction 1 - install style of buttons. ======= +=========== Function 48, subfunction 1 - set button style. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction - * ecx = type of buttons: - * 0 = flat buttons - * 1 = 3d buttons + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number + * ecx = button style: + * 0 = flat + * 1 = 3d Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * After call of the described function follows redraw - the screen subfunction 0. - * Type of buttons influences only their plotting by the function 8. + * After call to this function one should redraw the screen by + subfunction 0. + * Button style influences only to their draw of function 8. -======================================================================== -== Function 48, subfunction 2 - install standard colours of windows. === -======================================================================== +====================================================================== +====== Function 48, subfunction 2 - set standard window colors. ====== +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on the color table + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to the color table * edx = size of the color table - (should be 40 bytes for the future compatibility) -Format of the color table is indicated in the description subfunction 3. + (must be 40 bytes for future compatibility) +Format of the color table is shown in description of subfunction 3. Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * After call of the described function follows redraw - the screen subfunction 0. - * Table of standard colours influences only the applications, which receive - this table by an obvious way (subfunction 3) and use (specifying colours - from it by calls of functions of drawing). - * Table of standard colours enters in skin and is installed anew - at installation skin (subfunction 8). - * Color table can be viewed/changed online with the help of - the application desktop. + * After call to this function one should redraw the screen by + subfunction 0. + * Table of standard colors influences only to applications, + which receive this table obviously (by subfunction 3) + and use it (specifying colors from it to drawing functions). + * Table of standard colors is included in skin and is installed + anew with skin installation (by subfunction 8). + * Color table can be viewed/changed interactively with + the application 'desktop'. ====================================================================== -=== Function 48, subfunction 3 - get standard colours of windows. ==== +====== Function 48, subfunction 3 - get standard window colors. ====== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on the buffer the size edx byte, where will write the table - * edx = size of the color table - (should be 40 bytes for the future compatibility) + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to the buffer with size edx bytes, + where table will be written + * edx = size of color table + (must be 40 bytes for future compatibility) Returned value: * function does not return value -Format of the color table: each unit - -dword-value of colour 0x00RRGGBB - * +0: dword: frames - colour of frame - * +4: dword: grab - colour of header - * +8: dword: grab_button - colour of the button on a bar of header - * +12 = +0xC: dword: grab_button_text - colour of the text on the button - on a bar of header - * +16 = +0x10: dword: grab_text - colour of the text on header - * +20 = +0x14: dword: work - colour of a working area - * +24 = +0x18: dword: work_button - colour of the button in a working area - * +28 = +0x1C: dword: work_button_text - colour of the text on the button - in a working area - * +32 = +0x20: dword: work_text - colour of the text in a working area - * +36 = +0x24: dword: work_graph - colour of a graphics in a working area +Format of the color table: +each item is dword-value for color 0x00RRGGBB + * +0: dword: frames - color of frame + * +4: dword: grab - color of header + * +8: dword: grab_button - color of button on header bar + * +12 = +0xC: dword: grab_button_text - color of text on button + on header bar + * +16 = +0x10: dword: grab_text - color of text on header + * +20 = +0x14: dword: work - color of working area + * +24 = +0x18: dword: work_button - color of button in working area + * +28 = +0x1C: dword: work_button_text - color of text on button + in working area + * +32 = +0x20: dword: work_text - color of text in working area + * +36 = +0x24: dword: work_graph - color of graphics in working area Remarks: - * structure of the color table is described in the standard included file - macros.inc under the name system_colors; for example, it is possible - to write: - sc system_colors ; declaration of a variable - ... ; where it is necessary to call - ; described function with ecx=sc - mov ecx, [sc.work_button_text] ; read colour of the text - ; on the button in a working area - * Usage/non-use of these colours - business is exclusively of the program. - For usage it is necessary simply at call of functions of drawing to - specify colour, taken from this table. - * At change of the table of standard colours (subfunction 2 with the - subsequent application of changes subfunction 0 or at installation skin - subfunction 8) all windows the message on necessity redraw (event with - the code 1) is dispatched. - * Color table can be viewed/changed online with the help of - the application desktop. + * Structure of the color table is described in the standard + include file 'macros.inc' as 'system_colors'; for example, + it is possible to write: + sc system_colors ; variable declaration + ... ; somewhere one must call + ; this function with ecx=sc + mov ecx, [sc.work_button_text] ; read text color on + ; buttin in working area + * A program itself desides to use or not to use color table. + For usage program must simply at calls to drawing functions select + color taken from the table. + * At change of the table of standard colors (by subfunction 2 with + the subsequent application of changes by subfunction 0 or + at skin set by subfunction 8) the system sends to all windows + redraw message (the event with code 1). + * Color table can be viewed/changed interactively with + the application 'desktop'. ====================================================================== -========== Function 48, subfunction 4 - get height of skin. ========== +============ Function 48, subfunction 4 - get skin height. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = height of skin + * eax = skin height Remarks: - * Height skin on definition considers height of header - of windows using skin. - * See also common structure of the window in the description - of the function 0. + * Skin height is defined as the height of a header + of skinned windows. + * See also general structure of window in the description + of function 0. ====================================================================== -==== Function 48, subfunction 5 - get working area of the screen. ==== +======== Function 48, subfunction 5 - get screen working area. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] Remarks: - * Working area of the screen defines a location and coordinates - of the maximized window. - * Working area of the screen by normal operation is all screen - minus the panel (@panel). - * (left,top) - coordinates of the left upper corner, - (right,bottom) - coordinates of the right lower corner. - Thus, the size of a working area on an axis x is defined by - the formula right-left+1, on an axis y - formula bottom-right+1. - * See also function 14, permitting to define sizes of all screen. - * There is a pair function of installation of a working area - - subfunction 6. + * The screen working area defines position and coordinates of + a maximized window. + * The screen working area in view of normal work is all screen + without system panel (the application '@panel'). + * (left,top) are coordinates of the left upper corner, + (right,bottom) are coordinates of the right lower one. + Thus the size of working area on x axis can be calculated by + formula right-left+1, on y axis - by formula bottom-right+1. + * See also function 14, + to get sizes of all screen. + * There is a pair function to set working area - subfunction 6. ====================================================================== -=== Function 48, subfunction 6 - install a working area of screen. === +======== Function 48, subfunction 6 - set screen working area. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 6 - number subfunction + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 6 - subfunction number * ecx = [left]*65536 + [right] * edx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Working area of the screen defines a location and coordinates - of the maximized window. - * This function is used only by application @panel, installing by - a working area all screen minus the panel. - * (left,top) - coordinates of the left upper corner, - (right,bottom) - coordinates of the right lower corner. - Thus, the size of a working area on an axis x is defined by - the formula right-left+1, on an axis y - formula bottom-right+1. - * If left > =right, the x-coordinates of a working area do not vary. - If left < 0, left is not installed. If right it is more or equally - width of the screen, right is not installed. Similarly on an axis y. - * See also function 14, permitting to define sizes of all screen. - * There is a pair function of get of a working area - subfunction 5. - * This function automatically redraw the screen, on a course of business - updates coordinates and rule(situation) of the maximized windows. - All windows are informed on necessity redraw (event 1). + * The screen working area defines position and coordinates of + a maximized window. + * This function is used only by the application '@panel', + which set working area to all screen without system panel. + * (left,top) are coordinates of the left upper corner, + (right,bottom) are coordinates of the right lower one. + Thus the size of working area on x axis can be calculated by + formula right-left+1, on y axis - by formula bottom-right+1. + * If 'left'>='right', x-coordinate of working area is not changed. + If 'left'<0, 'left' will not be set. If 'right' is greater than or + equal to screen width, 'right' will not be set. + Similarly on y axis. + * See also function 14, + to get sizes of all screen. + * There is a pair function to get working area - subfunction 5. + * This function redraws the screen automatically, + updating coordinates and sizes of maximized windows. + The system sends to all windows redraw message (the event 1). ====================================================================== -====================== Function 48, subfunction 7 ==================== -================= Get skin area for the text of header. ============== +=========== Function 48, subfunction 7 - get skin margins. =========== ====================================================================== -Returns title bar of the window with skin, intended for output of the -text of header. +Returns the area of a header of a skinned window, intended for +a text of a header. Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 7 - number subfunction + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 7 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] Remarks: - * Usage/non-use of this function - personal business of the application. - * It is recommended to take into account values returned by this function, - at choice of a place for drawing the text of header (function 4) or any - of a substitute of the text of header (at the discretion of the - application). + * An application decides itself to use or not to use this function. + * It is recommended to take into account returned value + of this function for choice of a place for drawing header text + (by function 4) or a substitute of header text + (at the discretion of an application). ====================================================================== -===== Function 48, subfunction 8 - install used skin of windows. ===== +============= Function 48, subfunction 8 - set used skin. ============ ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 48 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on the block for the function 58, in which the field of - the intermediate buffer is placed(installed) and the filename is indicated + * eax = 48 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to a block for function 58, in + which the fields of intermediate buffer and file name are filled Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * differently eax = an error code of a file system; if the file does - not set skin, comes back error 3 (unknown file system). + * eax = 0 - success + * otherwise eax = file system error code; if file does not + contain valid skin, function returns error 3 + (unknown file system). Remarks: - * At successful loading skin all windows are informed on necessity - redraw (event 1). - * At loading the system reads out skin from the file default.skn on ramdisk. - * User can change skin statically, having created default.skn, - or dynamically with the help of the application desktop. + * After successful skin loading the system sends to all windows + redraw message (the event 1). + * At booting the system reads skin from file 'default.skn' + on ramdisk. + * User can change the skin statically by creating hisself + 'default.skn' or dynamically with the application 'desktop'. ====================================================================== -============ Function 49 - Advanced Power Management (APM). =========== +=========== Function 49 - Advanced Power Management (APM). =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 49 - number of the function - * dx = number of the function APM (clone ax in the specification) - * bx, cx = parameters of the function APM + * eax = 49 - function number + * dx = number of the APM function + (analogue of ax in APM specification) + * bx, cx = parameters of the APM function Returned value: - * 16-bit registers ax, bx, cx, dx, si, di and flag CF are installed - according to the specification APM - * high halves of 32-bit registers eax, ebx, ecx, edx, esi, edi fail + * 16-bit registers ax, bx, cx, dx, si, di and carry flag CF + are set according to the APM specification + * high halves of 32-bit registers eax, ebx, ecx, + edx, esi, edi are destroyed Remarks: - * Specification APM 1.2 is described in document - "Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS Specification " - (Revision 1.2), accessible on + * APM 1.2 specification is described in the document + "Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS Specification" + (Revision 1.2), available at http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/archive/amp_12.mspx; - besides it is included in known Interrupt List by Ralf Brown + besides it is included in famous Interrupt List by Ralf Brown (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/). ====================================================================== -=========== Function 50 - installation of form of window. ============ +=================== Function 50 - set window shape. ================== ====================================================================== -The usual windows represent rectangles. With the help of this function the -window can add the arbitrary form. The form sets by a set of points inside -a framing rectangle concerning to the window. Location and the sizes of -a framing rectangle are set by the function 0 and vary with the function 67. +Normal windows have rectangular shape. This function can give to +a window any shape. The shape is given by a set of points inside +the base rectangle belonging to a window. Position and coordinates +of the base rectangle are set by function 0 +and changed by function 67. ------------ Installation of data with information on form ------------ +--------------------------- Set shape data --------------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 50 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on the given forms (array byte 0/1) + * eax = 50 - function number + * ebx = 0 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to shape data (array of bytes 0/1) Returned value: * function does not return value ----------------- Installation of a scale of given form --------------- +-------------------------- Set shape scale --------------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 50 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction - * ecx sets a scale: each byte of the data defines - (2^scale) * (2^scale) of pixels + * eax = 50 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number + * ecx sets a scale: each byte of data defines + (2^scale)*(2^scale) pixels Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Scale is by default equal 0 (scaling factor 1). If in the given form - of one byte corresponds to one pixel, the scale is possible to not install. - * Let's designate xsize = width of the window (in pixels), ysize = height; - pay attention, that they on unit are more, than installed by + * Default scale is 0 (scale factor is 1). If in the shape data + one byte corresponds to one pixel, there is no necessity + to set scale. + * Let's designate xsize = window width (in pixels), ysize = height; + pay attention, that they are one pixel more than defined by functions 0, 67. - * On definition of a scale xsize and ysize should be divided on 2^scale. - * Byte of the data on offset a should be 0/1 and defines an accessory to - the window of a square with the side 2^scale (at scale=0 we receive - a pixel) and coordinates of the left upper corner + * On definition of scale xsize and ysize must be divisible + on 2^scale. + * Byte of data on offset 'a' must be 0/1 and defines belonging + to a window of square with the side 2^scale (if scale=0, + this is one pixel) and coordinates of the left upper corner (a mod (xsize shr scale), a div (xsize shr scale)) - * Size of the data: (xsize shr scale)*(ysize shr scale). - * Data should be present at memory and not vary after installation - of the form. - * System views the data on the form at everyone redraw of the window - by the function 0. - * Call subfunction 0 with the zero pointer results in return to the - rectangular form. + * Data size: (xsize shr scale)*(ysize shr scale). + * Data must be presented in the memory and not change + after set of shape. + * The system views the shape data at every window redraw by + function 0. + * The call of subfunction 0 with NULL pointer results in return + to the rectangular shape. ====================================================================== ==================== Function 51 - create thread. ==================== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 51 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - sole subfunction - * ecx = address of an entry point thread (begin eip) - * edx = pointer of the stack thread (begin esp) + * eax = 51 - function number + * ebx = 1 - unique subfunction + * ecx = address of thread entry point (starting eip) + * edx = pointer to thread stack (starting esp) Returned value: - * eax = -1 - error (In the system it is too much threads) - * differently eax = TID - identifier thread + * eax = -1 - error (there is too many threads) + * otherwise eax = TID - thread identifier + ====================================================================== -== Function 52, subfunction 0 - get configuration of network driver. = +=== Function 52, subfunction 0 - get network driver configuration. === ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - number subfunction + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 0 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = double word of the configuration + * eax = configuration dword Remarks: - * Word of the configuration can be installed subfunction 2. - * Kernel does not use an appropriate variable. The value of this variable - and working with it(her) subfunctions 0 and 2 is represented doubtful. + * Configuration dword can be set by subfunction 2. + * The kernel does not use this variable. The value of this + variable and working with it subfunctions 0 and 2 is represented + doubtful. ====================================================================== -========= Function 52, subfunction 1 - get local IP address. ========= +========= Function 52, subfunction 1 - get local IP-address. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = IP-address (4 bytes) Remarks: - * Local IP-address is installed subfunction 3. + * Local IP-address is set by subfunction 3. ====================================================================== - Function 52, subfunction 2 - install configuration of network driver. +=== Function 52, subfunction 2 - set network driver configuration. === ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction - * ecx = Double word of the configuration; if the low 7 bits will derivate - number 3, it is perceived as call about reinitialization - of a Ethernet-map, otherwise Ethernet is switched off + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number + * ecx = configuration dword; if low 7 bits derivate the number 3, + function [re-]initializes Ethernet-card, otherwise + Ethernet turns off Returned value: - * if not the Ethernet-interface is requested, comes back eax=2, - but it can vary in the future versions of a kernel - * if the Ethernet-interface is requested, eax=0 means an error - (absence of a Ethernet-map), and non-zero value - success + * if Ethernet-interface is not requested, function returns eax=2, + but this can be changed in future kernel versions + * if Ethernet-interface is requested, eax=0 means error + (absence of Ethernet-card), and nonzero value - success Remarks: - * Word of the configuration can be read subfunction 0. - * Kernel does not use an appropriate variable. The value of this variable, - subfunction 0 and part subfunction 2, installing this variable, + * Configuration dword can be read by subfunction 0. + * The kernel does not use this variable. The value of this + variable, subfunction 0 and part of subfunction 2, which set it, is represented doubtful. ====================================================================== ========= Function 52, subfunction 3 - set local IP-address. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number * ecx = IP-address (4 bytes) Returned value: - * Current realization returns eax=3, but it can be changed - in the future versions + * the current implementation returns eax=3, but this can be changed + in future versions Remarks: - * Local IP-address can be received subfunction 1. + * Local IP-address can be get by subfunction 1. ====================================================================== -= Function 52, subfunction 6 - add data in stack of an input queue. == += Function 52, subfunction 6 - add data to the stack of input queue. = ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 6 - number subfunction - * edx = size of the data - * esi = pointer on the data + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 6 - subfunction number + * edx = data size + * esi = data pointer Returned value: * eax = -1 - error - * eax = 0 - successfully + * eax = 0 - success Remarks: - * This function is intended only for slow network drivers (PPP, SLIP). - * Size of the data should not exceed 1500 bytes, though checks - of a correctness is not done(made). + * This function is intended only for slow network drivers + (PPP, SLIP). + * Data size must not exceed 1500 bytes, though function + performs no checks on correctness. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 52, subfunction 8 ==================== -============== Read given from a network output queue. =============== + Function 52, subfunction 8 - read data from the network output queue. ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction - * esi = pointer on the buffer by a size of 1500 bytes + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number + * esi = pointer to 1500-byte buffer Returned value: - * eax = Number read byte (in current implementation or - 0 = there are no data, or 1500) - * data are copied in the buffer + * eax = number of read bytes (in the current implementation + either 0 = no data or 1500) + * data was copied in buffer Remarks: - * This function is intended only for slow network drivers (PPP, SLIP). + * This function is intended only for slow network drivers + (PPP, SLIP). ====================================================================== -=========== Function 52, subfunction 9 - get gateway IP. ========== +============ Function 52, subfunction 9 - get gateway IP. ============ ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 9 - number subfunction + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 9 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = gateway IP (4 bytes) ====================================================================== -========= Function 52, subfunction 10 - get mask of a subnet. ======== +=========== Function 52, subfunction 10 - get subnet mask. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 10 - number subfunction + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 10 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = mask of a subnet + * eax = subnet mask ====================================================================== -========= Function 52, subfunction 11 - install gateway IP. ========= +============ Function 52, subfunction 11 - set gateway IP. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 11 - number subfunction + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 11 - subfunction number * ecx = gateway IP (4 bytes) Returned value: - * current realization returns eax=11, but it can be changed in the - future realizations + * the current implementation returns eax=11, but this can be changed + in future versions ====================================================================== -====== Function 52, subfunction 12 - install mask of a subnet. ======= +=========== Function 52, subfunction 12 - set subnet mask. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 12 - number subfunction - * ecx = mask of a subnet + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 12 - subfunction number + * ecx = subnet mask Returned value: - * Current realization returns eax=12, but it can be changed - in the future versions + * the current implementation returns eax=12, but this can be changed + in future versions ====================================================================== -============ Function 52, subfunction 13 - get DNS IP. ============ +============== Function 52, subfunction 13 - get DNS IP. ============= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 13 - number subfunction + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 13 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = DNS IP (4 bytes) ====================================================================== -=========== Function 52, subfunction 14 - install DNS IP. ============ +============== Function 52, subfunction 14 - set DNS IP. ============= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 52 - number of the function - * ebx = 14 - number subfunction + * eax = 52 - function number + * ebx = 14 - subfunction number * ecx = DNS IP (4 bytes) Returned value: - * Current realization returns eax=14, but it can be changed - in the future versions + * the current implementation returns eax=14, but this can be changed + in future versions ====================================================================== -============ Function 53, subfunction 0 - open UDP-socket. ============ +============ Function 53, subfunction 0 - open UDP-socket. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - number subfunction - * ecx = local port (is taken into account only low word) - * edx = remote port (is taken into account only low word) + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 0 - subfunction number + * ecx = local port (only low word is taken into account) + * edx = remote port (only low word is taken into account) * esi = remote IP Returned value: - * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - error; ebx fail - * eax = socket number (some number unambiguously identifying socket and - having sense only for the system) - successfully - ebx fail + * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - error; ebx destroyed + * eax = socket handle (some number which unambiguously identifies + socket and have sense only for the system) - success; + ebx destroyed ====================================================================== -============ Function 53, subfunction 1 - close UDP-socket. =========== +=========== Function 53, subfunction 1 - close UDP-socket. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction - * ecx = socket number + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number + * ecx = socket handle Returned value: - * eax = -1 - incorrect number - * eax = 0 - successfully - * ebx fail + * eax = -1 - incorrect handle + * eax = 0 - success + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * The current realization does not close automatically all sockets thread - at its completion. In particular, it is not necessary to kill thread - with a heap open sockets - there will be an outflow of resources. - * The current realization does not do checks on a correctness - (sole, to what the attempt comes back error, - to close not open socket - with correct number). + * The current implementation does not close automatically all + sockets of a thread at termination. In particular, one should not + kill a thread with many opened sockets - there will be an outflow + of resources. + * The current implementation does no checks on correctness + (function returns error only if thread tries to close not opened + socket with correct handle). ====================================================================== ============== Function 53, subfunction 2 - poll socket. ============= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction - * ecx = socket number + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number + * ecx = socket handle Returned value: - * eax = number getting bytes - * ebx fail + * eax = number of read bytes + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * Checks of a correctness is not done. + * There is no checks for correctness. ====================================================================== -======== Function 53, subfunction 3 - read byte from socket. ========= +========= Function 53, subfunction 3 - read byte from socket. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction - * ecx = number socket + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number + * ecx = socket handle Returned value: - * if there are no accepted data: eax=0, bl=0, the other bits ebx fail - * If there were accepted data: eax = number stayed byte (is possible, 0), - bl = read byte, the other bits ebx fail + * if there is no read data: eax=0, bl=0, + other bytes of ebx are destroyed + * if there are read data: eax=number of rest bytes + (possibly 0), bl=read byte, other bytes of ebx are destroyed Remarks: - * Checks of a correctness is not done. + * There is no checks for correctness. ====================================================================== -======== Function 53, subfunction 4 - write in UDP-socket. =========== +========== Function 53, subfunction 4 - write to UDP-socket. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction - * ecx = number socket - * edx = number bytes for writing - * esi = pointer on data for writing + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number + * ecx = socket handle + * edx = number of bytes to write + * esi = pointer to data to write Returned value: - * eax = 0xffffffff - incorrect number - * eax = 0xffff - lack of memory - * eax = 0 - successfully - * ebx fail + * eax = 0xffffffff - invalid handle + * eax = 0xffff - not enough memory + * eax = 0 - success + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * Check on valid number is minimum - are eliminated only not so incorrect - not open numbers. - * Number bytes for writing can not exceed 1500-28, though appropriate - check is not done. + * Check on validity of handle is minimal - only not very incorrect + not opened handles are eliminated. + * Number of bytes to write must not exceed 1500-28, though + the appropriate check is not made. ====================================================================== ============ Function 53, subfunction 5 - open TCP-socket. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction - * ecx = local port (is taken into account only low word) - * edx = remote port (is taken into account only low word) + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number + * ecx = local port (only low word is taken into account) + * edx = remote port (only low word is taken into account) * esi = remote IP - * edi = mode of opening: SOCKET_PASSIVE=0 or SOCKET_ACTIVE=1 + * edi = open mode: SOCKET_PASSIVE=0 or SOCKET_ACTIVE=1 Returned value: - * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - error; ebx fail - * eax = number socket (some number unambiguously identifying socket - and having sense only for the system) - successfully; ebx fails + * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - error; ebx destroys + * eax = socket handle (some number which unambiguously identifies + socket and have sense only for the system) - success; + ebx destroyed ====================================================================== -======== Function 53, subfunction 6 - get status TCP-socket. ========= +========= Function 53, subfunction 6 - get TCP-socket status. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 6 - number subfunction - * ecx = number socket + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 6 - subfunction number + * ecx = socket handle Returned value: - * eax = status socket: one of + * eax = socket status: one of * TCB_LISTEN = 1 * TCB_SYN_SENT = 2 * TCB_SYN_RECEIVED = 3 @@ -2495,526 +2556,530 @@ Returned value: * TCB_LAST_ASK = 9 * TCB_TIME_WAIT = 10 * TCB_CLOSED = 11 - * ebx fail + * ebx destroys Remarks: - * Checks of a correctness is not made. + * There is no checks for correctness. ====================================================================== -========== Function 53, subfunction 7 - write in TCP-socket. ========= +========== Function 53, subfunction 7 - write to TCP-socket. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 7 - number subfunction - * ecx = number socket - * edx = number bytes for writing - * esi = pointer on data for writing + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 7 - subfunction number + * ecx = socket handle + * edx = number of bytes to write + * esi = pointer to data to write Returned value: * eax = 0xffffffff - error - * eax = 0xffff - lack of memory - * eax = 0 - successfully - * ebx fail + * eax = 0xffff - not enough memory + * eax = 0 - success + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * Check on valid number is minimum - are eliminated only not so incorrect - not open numbers. - * Number bytes for writing can not exceed 1500-40, though appropriate - check is not done. + * Check on validity of handle is minimal - only not very incorrect + not opened handles are eliminated. + * Number of bytes to write must not exceed 1500-40, though + the appropriate check is not made. ====================================================================== -============ Function 53, subfunction 8 - close TCP-socket. =========== +=========== Function 53, subfunction 8 - close TCP-socket. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction - * ecx = number socket + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number + * ecx = socket handle Returned value: - * eax = -1 - incorrect number - * eax = 0xffff - lack of memory for the package of closing socket - * eax = 0 - successfully - * in many cases eax fails (comes back the result of the function queue) - - probably , is an error, which will be corrected - * ebx fail + * eax = -1 - invalid handle + * eax = 0xffff - not enough memory for socket close packet + * eax = 0 - success + * in many cases eax is destroyed (the result of function 'queue' + is returned) - probably this is bug, which will be corrected + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * The current realization does not close automatically all sockets thread - at its completion. In particular, it is not necessary to kill thread - with a heap open sockets - there will be an outflow of resources. - * The current realization does not do checks on a correctness - (sole, to what the attempt comes back error, - to close not open socket - with correct number). + * The current implementation does not close automatically all + sockets of a thread at termination. In particular, one should not + kill a thread with many opened sockets - there will be an outflow + of resources. + * The current implementation does no checks on correctness + (function returns error only if thread tries to close not opened + socket with correct handle). ====================================================================== -======== Function 53, subfunction 9 - check - local port is free ===== +=== Function 53, subfunction 9 - check whether local port is free. === ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 9 - number subfunction - * ecx = number of a local port (the low 16 bits are used only) + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 9 - subfunction number + * ecx = local port number (low 16 bits are used only) Returned value: * eax = 0 - port is used * eax = 1 - port is free - * ebx fail + * ebx destroyed ====================================================================== - Function 53, subfunction 255 - debug information of network driver. = += Function 53, subfunction 255 - debug information of network driver. ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 53 - number of the function - * ebx = 255 - number subfunction + * eax = 53 - function number + * ebx = 255 - subfunction number * ecx = type of requested information (see below) Returned value: * eax = requested information - * ebx fail -Possible values ecx: + * ebx destroyed +Possible values for ecx: * 100: length of queue 0 (empty queue) * 101: length of queue 1 (ip-out queue) * 102: length of queue 2 (ip-in queue) * 103: length of queue 3 (net1out queue) - * 200: number of units in the table ARP - * 201: a size of the table ARP (in units) (20 in the current version) - * 202: read a unit edx of the table ARP in the temporary buffer, - whence take the information 5 subsequent types; + * 200: number of items in the ARP table + * 201: size of the ARP table (in items) (20 for current version) + * 202: read item at edx of the ARP table to the temporary buffer, + whence 5 following types take information; in this case eax is not defined - * 203: IP-address saved by the type 202 - * 204: high dword of MAC-address saved by the type 202 - * 205: low word of MAC-address saved by the type 202 - * 206: a word of the status saved by the type 202 - * 207: a word ttl, saved by the type 202 - * 2: a total number of the obtained IP-packages - * 3: a total number of the transferred(handed) IP-packages - * 4: a total number dumps of the obtained packages - * 5: a total number of the obtained ARP-packages - * 6: the status of the driver of packages, 0 = is inactive, - non-zero value = is active - + * 203: IP-address saved by type 202 + * 204: high dword of MAC-address saved by type 202 + * 205: low word of MAC-address saved by type 202 + * 206: status word saved by type 202 + * 207: ttl word saved by type 202 + * 2: total number of received IP-packets + * 3: total number of transferred IP-packets + * 4: total number of dumped received packets + * 5: total number of received ARP-packets + * 6: status of packet driver, 0=inactive, nonzero=active ====================================================================== ========== Function 55, subfunction 0 - load data for SB16. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 55 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on the data (is copied 64 kilobytes, is used so much, - how many is installed subfunction 2) + * eax = 55 - function number + * ebx = 0 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to data (is copied 64 kilobytes, is used as much as + set by subfunction 2) Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Format and size of data are installed subfunction 2. + * Format and size of data are set by subfunction 2. ====================================================================== -===== Function 55, subfunction 1 - begin to play data on SB16. ======= +======== Function 55, subfunction 1 - begin play data on SB16. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 55 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 55 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Previously data should be loaded subfunction 0 and their format - subfunction 2 is defined. - * Function returns handle, when playing the data began; after that the - playing goes irrespective of the application (and at all does not - require loading the processor). - * Previously should be defined a base port SB16 (subfunction 4 functions 21) - and channel DMA (subfunction 10 functions 21). + * Previously data must be loaded by subfunction 0 and + their format must be defined by subfunction 2. + * Function returns control, when playing of data began; after that + play goes independently from application (and does not use + processor time at all). + * Previously must be defined SB16 base port + (by subfunction 4 of function 21) and DMA channel + (by subfunction 10 of function 21). ====================================================================== -====== Function 55, subfunction 2 - install a data format SB16. ====== +======== Function 55, subfunction 2 - set format of SB16 data. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 55 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction - * ecx = 0 - install a digit capacity - * edx = 1 - 8 bits mono - * edx = 2 - 8 bits stereo - * ecx = 1 - install a size of data + * eax = 55 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number + * ecx = 0 - set digit capacity + * edx = 1 - 8bit mono + * edx = 2 - 8bit stereo + * ecx = 1 - set data size * edx = size in bytes - * ecx = 2 - install frequency of playing + * ecx = 2 - set play frequency * edx = frequency Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * At loading the system the following default settings are installed: - a digit capacity - 8 bits mono, size - 64 KB, frequency 44100 Hz. - Nevertheless it is recommended obviously to install necessary values, - as they could be reinstalled by any program. + * When the system boots, it sets following default parameters: + digit capacity - 8bit mono, size - 64 Kb, frequency - 44100 Hz. + Nevertheless it is recommended to set necessary values obviously + as they could be reset by some application. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 55, subfunction 55 =================== -=============== Begin to play data on built speaker. ================= + Function 55, subfunction 55 - begin to play data on built-in speaker. ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 55 - number of the function - * ebx = 55 - number subfunction - * esi = pointer on the data + * eax = 55 - function number + * ebx = 55 - subfunction number + * esi = pointer to data Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 55 - error (speaker is disconnected or occupied) -Data is an array of units of a variable length. -Format of each unit is defined in first byte: + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 55 - error (speaker is off or busy) +Data is an array of items with variable length. +Format of each item is defined by first byte: * 0 = end of data - * 1..0x80 = sets duration of sounding in 1/100 of second of note - defined by direct value of frequency - * following word (2 bytes) is contained by a divider of frequency; - the frequency is defined as 1193180/divider + * 1..0x80 = sets sound duration on 1/100 of second; sound note + is defined by immediate value of frequency + * following word (2 bytes) contains frequency divider; + frequency is defined as 1193180/divider * 0x81 = invalid - * 0x82..0xFF = note defined by octave and number: - * duration in 1/100 of second = (first byte) - 0x81 + * 0x82..0xFF = note is defined by octave and number: + * duration in 1/100 of second = (first byte)-0x81 * there is one more byte; - * (second byte) = 0xFF - pause - * differently it looks like a*0x10+b, where b=number of the note - in an octave from 1 up to 12, a=number of an octave (beginning from 0) + * (second byte)=0xFF - delay + * otherwise it looks like a*0x10+b, where b=number of the note in + an octave from 1 to 12, a=number of octave (beginning from 0) Remarks: - * Speaker play can be disable /enable subfunction 8 functions 18. - * Function returns handle, having informed where follows the information - on play. Playing goes irrespective of the program. - * Data should be saved in memory at least up to the end of playing. + * Speaker play can be disabled/enabled by + subfunction 8 of function 18. + * Function returns control, having informed the system + an information on request. Play itself goes independently from + the program. + * The data must be kept in the memory at least up to the end + of play. ====================================================================== -================ Function 56 - write file to hard disk. ============== +=============== Function 56 - write file to hard disk. =============== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 56 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on a filename - * ecx = size data for writing (in bytes) - * edx = pointer on data for writing - * esi = pointer on path (ASCIIZ-string) + * eax = 56 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the file name + * ecx = size of data to write (in bytes) + * edx = pointer to data to write + * esi = pointer to path (ASCIIZ-string) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code Remarks: - * This function is obsolete; the function 70 allows to fulfil the same + * This function is obsolete; function 70 allows to fulfil the same operations with the extended possibilities. - * Given function assumes, that during its call one application any other - application does not work with the hard disk. - * Path to the file - ASCIIZ-string, which can be empty (if the file creates - in the root) or to have the format /d1/d2/ .../dn, where all names of - directories should have the format 8+3, i.e. 8 characters of a name - and 3 characters of the extension without a separator if necessary - supplemented by blanks; all characters should be capital. - * Name to the file also should have the format 8+3. + * This function assumes that during its call by one application + no other application works with hard disk. + * The path to file is ASCIIZ-string, which may be empty + (if the file is created in the root folder) or have the format + /d1/d2/.../dn, where all folder names must have the 8+3 format, + i.e. 8 characters of name and 3 characters of the extension + without separator, supplemented by blanks if necessary; + all letters must be capital. + * The file name must also have the format 8+3. ====================================================================== -============== Function 58 - ЁрсюЄр ё Їрщыютющ ёшёЄхьющ. ============== +================ Function 58 - work with file system. ================ ====================================================================== Parameters: * eax = 58 - * ebx = pointer on information structure + * ebx = pointer to the information structure Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system - * depending on subfunction the value and in other registers can come back -Common format of information structure: - * +0: dword: number subfunction + * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code + * some subfunctions return value in other registers too +General format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: subfunction number * +4: dword: number of block * +8: dword: size - * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on memory for system operation + * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to a memory for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with a filename -Specifications - in documentation on appropriate subfunction. -Filename is insensitive to the register of latin characters, -russian characters should be capital. -Format of a filename: + * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with the file name +Specifications - in documentation on the appropriate subfunction. +Filename is case-insensitive for latin letters, russian letters +must be capital. +Format of filename: /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, -where /base/number identifies the device, on which the file is searched: +where /base/number identifies device, on which file is located: one of - * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 for access to ramdisk - * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 for access to first floppy - drive, - /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 for second floppy - drive - * /HD/x = /HARDDISK/x - out-of-date variant of access to the hard disk - (in this case base is defined subfunction 7 functions 21), - x - number of partition (beginning from 1) - * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x for access accordingly - to devices IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), + * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 to access ramdisk + * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 to access first floppy drive, + /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 to access second one + * /HD/x = /HARDDISK/x - obsolete variant of access to hard disk + (in this case base is defined by subfunction 7 of function 21), + x - partition number (beginning from 1) + * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x to access accordingly to devices + IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); - x - number of partition on selected hard disk, varies from 1 up to 255 - (on each of hard disks the indexing starts with 1) + x - partition number on the selected hard drive, varies from 1 + to 255 (on each hard drive the indexing starts from 1) Remarks: - * In first two cases usage FIRST instead of 1, SECOND instead of 2 is - admitted, but to use this possibility it is not recommended for - convenience of transition on the future extensions. - * Imposed limitation n<=39. - * Names of folders and file dir1..., dirn, file should be in the format 8.3: - a name no more than 8 characters, point, extension no more than 3 - characters. The tail blanks are ignored. Other blanks be does not owe. - If the name occupies equally 8 characters, the point can be omitted - (though to use it it is not recommended for convenience of transition - on the future extensions). + * In the first two cases it is also possible to use FIRST + instead of 1, SECOND instead of 2, but it is not recommended + for convenience of transition to the future extensions. + * Limitation n<=39 is imposed. + * Names of folders and file dir1,...,dirn,file must have the + format 8.3: name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension no + more than 3 characters. Trailing spaces are ignored, no other + spaces is allowed. If name occupies equally 8 characters, + dot may be omitted (though it is not recommended to use this + feature for convenience of transition to the future extensions). + * This function does not support folders on ramdisk. Examples: * '/RAMDISK/FIRST/KERNEL.ASM',0 '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 * '/hd0/1/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 -Accessible subfunction: - * subfunction 0 - reading of a file/folder - * subfunction 1 - overwriting of the file - * subfunction 2 - deleting of a file/folder - * subfunction 3 - writing data in the existing file - * subfunction 4 - creation of a folder - * subfunction 5 - renaming/moving of a file/folder - * subfunction 8 - LBA-reading from the device - * subfunction 12 - definition of a file size - * subfunction 13 - definition of attributes of a file/folder - * subfunction 14 - definition of date/time of a file/folder - * subfunction 15 - obtaining of the information about a file system - * subfunction 16 - start of the application - +Existing subfunctions: + * subfunction 0 - read file/folder + * subfunction 1 - rewrite file + * subfunction 2 - delete file/folder + * subfunction 3 - write to existing file + * subfunction 4 - make folder + * subfunction 5 - rename/move file/folder + * subfunction 8 - LBA-read from device + * subfunction 15 - get file system information + * subfunction 16 - start application ====================================================================== -======= Function 58, subfunction 0 - reading of a file/folder. ======= +=========== Function 58, subfunction 0 - read file/folder. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: * eax = 58 - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 0 = number subfunction - * +4: dword: number of block for reading (beginning from 0) - * +8: dword: щuantity blocks for reading - * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on the buffer, where the data will be written - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on the buffer for system operation + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 0 = subfunction number + * +4: dword: first block to read (beginning from 0) + * +8: dword: amount of blocks to read + * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to buffer for data + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx = file size (in bytes) or - -1=0xffffffff, if the file is not retrieved + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx = file size (in bytes) or -1=0xffffffff, if file was not found Remarks: - * Size of block - 512 bytes. + * Block size is 512 bytes. * This function is obsolete, for reading files use subfunction 0 - functions 70, for reading folders - subfunction of 1 function 70. - * Function allows to read contents of a folder. From file systems is - supported only FAT. The format of a FAT-folder is described in any - documentation on FAT. - * Size of a folder is defined on a size of a chain of clusters in FAT. - * If the file was terminated earlier, than last requested block was read, - the function will read, how many can, then will return eax=6 (EOF). - * Function allows to read root folders /rd/1, /fd/x, /hd [n] /x, but - in first two cases the current implementation does not follow the - installed rules: + of function 70, for reading folders - subfunction 1 of + function 70. + * Function can read contents of a folder. Only FAT file system is + supported. The format of FAT-folder is described + in any FAT documentation. + * Size of a folder is determined by size of FAT clusters chain. + * If file was ended before last requested block was read, + the function will read as many as it can, and after that return + eax=6 (EOF). + * Function can read root folders /rd/1,/fd/x,/hd[n]/x, but + in the first two cases the current implementation does not follow + to the declared rules: for /rd/1: - * if 0 blocks for reading are indicated, it is considered, - that is requested 1; - * if is requested more than 14 blocks or the initial block is not - less 14, comes back eax=5 (not found) and ebx =-1; - * size of the root ramdisk = 14 blocks, 0x1C00=7168 bytes; but comes - back ebx=0 (except for a case of the previous item); - * strangely enough, it is possible to read 14 block (there, generally - speaking, garbage - I remind, the score carries on with 0); - * if one block with number, not smaller 14 was requested even, - comes back eax=6 (EOF); differently eax=0. - for /fd/x: - * if the initial block is not less 14, comes back eax=5 (not found) - and ebx=0; - * by the way speaking, the format FAT12 admits diskettes with a size - of the root less or more than 14 blocks; - * checks of length is not done; - * if it was possible to read given with a diskette, comes back eax=0, - ebx=0; otherwise eax=10 (access denied), ebx =-1. - * Function handles reading special folders /, /rd, /fd, /hd [n]; but the - result does not correspond expected (on operation with usual - files/folders), does not follow the installed rules, can vary in the - following versions of a kernel and consequently is not described. - For obtaining the information about the equipment use subfunction 11 - functions 18 or read appropriate folders subfunction of 1 function 70. + * if one want to read 0 blocks, function considers, + that he requested 1; + * if one requests more than 14 blocks or starting block is + not less than 14, function returns eax=5 (not found) ш ebx=-1; + * size of ramdisk root folder is 14 blocks, + 0x1C00=7168 срщЄ; but function returns ebx=0 + (except of the case of previous item); + * strangely enough, it is possible to read 14th block (which + generally contains a garbage - I remind, the indexing begins + from 0); + * if some block with the number not less than 14 was requested, + function returns eax=6(EOF); otherwise eax=0. + For /fd/x: + * if the start block is not less than 14, function returns + eax=5 (not found) and ebx=0; + * note that format of FAT12 allows floppies with the root size + more or less than 14 blocks; + * check for length is not performed; + * if data was successful read, function returns + eax=0,ebx=0; otherwise eax=10 (access denied), ebx=-1. + * The function handles reading of special folders /,/rd,/fd,/hd[n]; + but the result does not correspond to expected (on operations with + normal files/folders), does not follow the declared rules, + may be changed in future versions of the kernel and consequently + is not described. To obtain the information about the equipment + use subfunction 11 of function 18 or + read corresponding folder with subfunction 1 of function 70. ====================================================================== -======== Function 58, subfunction 1 - overwriting of the file. ======= +============= Function 58, subfunction 1 - rewrite file. ============= ====================================================================== -If the file does not exist, it creates. +If the file does not exist, it is created. If the file exists, it is rewritten. Parameters: - * eax = 58 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 1 = number subfunction - * +4: dword: ignored (install in 0) - * +8: dword: number bytes for writing - * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data for чряшёш - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation + * eax = 58 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 1 = subfunction number + * +4: dword: ignored (set to 0) + * +8: dword: number of bytes to write + * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data to write + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx fail + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 2 functions 70. + * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 2 of function 70. ====================================================================== -====== Function 58, subfunction 2 - deleting of a file/folder. ======= +========== Function 58, subfunction 2 - delete file/folder. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 58 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 2 = number subfunction + * eax = 58 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 2 = subfunction number * +4: dword: ignored * +8: dword: ignored * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx fail + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * By operation with a diskette it is not necessary to delete a nonblank - folder. The code of operation with the hard disk nonblank folders - deletes correctly (i.e. recursively with all files and nested folders). - Ramdisk of folders does not support. + * By operations with a floppy one should not delete not empty + folder. The code working with hard disk deletes not empty folders + correctly (i.e. recursively with all files and nested folders). + Function 58 does not support folders on ramdisk. ====================================================================== -=== Function 58, subfunction 3 - writing data in the existing file === +==== Function 58, subfunction 3 - write data to the existing file. === ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 58 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 3 = number subfunction - * +4: dword: initial position in the file; -1 = to add in the end - * +8: dword: number bytes for writing - * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data for writing - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation + * eax = 58 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 3 = subfunction number + * +4: dword: starting position in the file; -1 = append to the end + * +8: dword: number of bytes to write + * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data to write + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx fail + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, - it only for hard disks. - * File should already exist (differently comes back 5, not found). - For creation of files use subfunction 1. - * If the initial position is more than a file size, comes back eax=6 (EOF). - If the finite position is more than a file size, the file extends. - * Code of processing of data writing for the hard disk interpretes zero - value of a field +8 as the instruction of a truncation of the file - up to a size indicated in a field +4. However code of processing of - 58-th function locks this possibility for the applications, at once - returning handle (with eax=0) in case of a zero size. + * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only + for hard disks. + * File must already exist (otherwise function returns 5, not found). + To create files use subfunction 1. + * If the starting position is greater than file size, the function + returns eax=6(EOF). If the end position is greater than file size, + file is extended. + * The code of write processing for hard disk interpretes zero + value of the field +8 as the instruction to truncate the file to + the size, given in the field +4. However the code of processing + 58th function blocks this possibility for applications by + immediate return (with eax=0) in the case of zero size. ====================================================================== -======== Function 58, subfunction 4 - creation of a folder. ========== +============== Function 58, subfunction 4 - make folder. ============= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 58 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 4 = number subfunction + * eax = 58 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 4 = subfunction number * +4: dword: ignored * +8: dword: ignored * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx fail + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, - it only for hard disks. + * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only + for hard disks. ====================================================================== -=== Function 58, subfunction 5 - renaming/moving of a file/folder. === +======== Function 58, subfunction 5 - rename/move file/folder. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 58 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 5 = number subfunction + * eax = 58 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 5 = subfunction number * +4: dword: ignored * +8: dword: ignored * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description - * +20+n: (at once after a completing null character) new ASCIIZ-name, - should start with /hd/1, that is interpreted as the hard disk - indicated in the first name - (moving from one disk on another is not supported) + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description + * +20+n: (at once after terminating null character) new + ASCIIZ-name, must start from /hd/1, that is interpreted as + the hard disk, indicated in the first name + (moving from one disk to another is not supported) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx fail + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, - it only for hard disks. - * If new ASCIIZ-name strongly incorrect, i.e. does not start with /hd/1, - /hd/first, /harddisk/1, /harddisk/first or after that beginnings there - is a blank or character with the code 0, the function returns, strangely - enough, error code 4. Is the sole function, which in general returns + * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only + for hard disks. + * If the new ASCIIZ-name is strongly incorrect, i.e. does not start + from /hd/1, /hd/first, /harddisk/1, /harddisk/first or after this + space or null character follows, function returns, strangely + enough, error code 4. It is the only function which returns this code. ====================================================================== -====== Function 58, subfunction 8 - LBA-reading from the device. ===== +========= Function 58, subfunction 8 - LBA-read from device. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 58 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 8 = number subfunction - * +4: dword: number of the block for reading (beginning from 0) - * +8: dword: ignored (install in 1) - * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on buffer, where data will be written - (512 bytes) - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation + * eax = 58 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 8 = subfunction number + * +4: dword: number of block to read (beginning from 0) + * +8: dword: ignored (set to 1) + * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to buffer for data (512 bytes) + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the device: is not sensitive to the register, - one of /rd/1 = /RamDisk/1, /hd/n = /HardDisk/n, + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of device: case-insensitive, one of + /rd/1 = /RamDisk/1, /hd/n = /HardDisk/n, 1<=n<=4 - number of device: 1=IDE0, ..., 4=IDE3. - Instead of digits is admitted, though usage 'first', 'second', 'third', - 'fourth' is not recommended for convenience of transition on the future - extensions. + Instead of digits it is allowed, though not recommended for + convenience of transition to future extensions, to use + 'first','second','third','fourth'. Returned value: - * if device name /hd/xxx is indicated, where xxx is not in list above: + * for device name /hd/xxx, where xxx is not in the list above: * eax = ebx = 1 - * if the incorrect device name is indicated - (except for the previous case): + * for invalid device name (except for the previous case): * eax = 5 - * ebx does not vary - * if the LBA-access is prohibited subfunction 11 functions 21: + * ebx does not change + * if LBA-access is disabled by subfunction 11 of function 21: * eax = 2 - * ebx fail - * for ramdisk attempt of reading of the block outside ramdisk - (18*2*80 blocks) results to + * ebx destroyed + * for ramdisk: attempt to read block outside ramdisk + (18*2*80 blocks) results in * eax = 3 * ebx = 0 - * at successful reading: + * for successful read: * eax = ebx = 0 Remarks: - * Size of the block - 512 bytes; one block is read. - * It is not necessary to rely on returned value, it can vary in - the following versions. - * It is required, that the LBA-access to devices subfunction 11 functions 21 - should be allowed. Find out it it is possible by call - subfunction 11 functions 26. - * LBA-reading of a diskette is not supported. - * Function reads out the data of the physical hard disk; if for any reasons - the data of the concrete unit are necessary, will come to define initial - sector of this unit (or directly through MBR, or from the extended - structure returned same subfunction 11 functions 18). - * Function the error code of the hard disk does not check, so search of - nonexistent sector all the same something will read (more probably - everything, zero, but it is defined by the device) and it will be - considered as success (eax=0). + * Block size is 512 bytes; function reads one block. + * Do not depend on returned value, it can be changed + in future versions. + * Function requires that LBA-access to devices is enabled by + subfunction 11 of function 21. To check this one can use + subfunction 11 of function 26. + * LBA-read of floppy is not supported. + * Function reads data on physical hard drive; if for any reason + data of the concrete partition are required, application must + define starting sector of this partition (either directly + through MBR, or from the full structure returned by + яюфЇєэъЎшхщ 11 ЇєэъЎшш 18). + * Function does not check error code of hard disk, so request of + nonexisting sector reads something (most probably it will be + zeroes, but this is defined by device) and this is considered + as success (eax=0). -============================================================================= -= Function 58, subfunction 15 - obtaining of information about a file system. -============================================================================= +====================================================================== +==== Function 58, subfunction 15 - get information on file system. === +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 58 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 15 = number of the function + * eax = 58 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 15 = subfunction number * +4: dword: ignored * +8: dword: ignored * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored * +16 = +0x10: dword: ignored - * +20 = +0x14: (second character is checked only, at once after /) + * +20 = +0x14: (only second character is checked) /rd=/RAMDISK or /hd=/HARDDISK Returned value: - * If second character does not belong to set {'r','R','h','H'}: + * if the second character does not belong to set {'r','R','h','H'}: * eax = 3 * ebx = ecx = dword [fileinfo] = 0 * for ramdisk: @@ -3022,461 +3087,471 @@ Returned value: * ebx = total number of clusters = 2847 * ecx = number of free clusters * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size = 512 - * for the hard disk: base and partition are defined - subfunctions 7 and 8 functions 21: + * for hard disk: base and partition are defined by subfunctions + 7 and 8 of function 21: * eax = 0 (success) * ebx = total number of clusters * ecx = number of free clusters * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size (in bytes) Remarks: - * Be not surprised to strange layout of 4-th returned parameter - when this - code was written, at system calls to the application the registers eax, - ebx, ecx (from pushad-structure transmitted as argument to the system - function) came back only. Now it is corrected, so, probably, it is - meaningful to return a cluster size in edx, while this function have - not begun to use - * Generally still exists subfunction 11 functions 18, returning the - information on a file system. Under the extended table of a disk - subsystem it is possible to define a cluster size (there it is stored - in sectors) and total number of clusters for hard disks. + * Be not surprised to strange layout of 4th returned parameter + - when this code was writing, at system calls application got + only registers eax,ebx,ecx (from pushad-structure transmitted + as argument to the system function). Now it is corrected, so, + probably, it is meaningful to return cluster size in edx, while + this function is not used yet. + * There exists also subfunction 11 of function 18, + which returns information on file system. From the full table + of disk subsystem it is possible to deduce cluster size (there + it is stored in sectors) and total number of clusters + for hard disks. ====================================================================== -======== Function 58, subfunction 16 - start of application. ========= +========== Function 58, subfunction 16 - start application. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 58 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 16 = number subfunction - * +4: dword: Field of flags: - * bit 0: to start the process as debugged - * other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 - * +8: dword: 0 or pointer on ASCIIZ-string with parameters + * eax = 58 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 16 = subfunction number + * +4: dword: flags: + * bit 0: start the process as debugged + * other bits are reserved and must be cleared + * +8: dword: 0 or pointer to ASCIIZ-string with parameters * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations (4096 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description Returned value: - * eax > 0 - program is loaded, eax contains PID - * eax < 0 - has taken place error, -eax contains an error code - of a file system + * eax > 0 - the program is loaded, eax contains PID + * eax < 0 - an error has occured, -eax contains + file system error code Remarks: - * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 7 functions 70. - * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 - (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to - completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. - * If the process is started as debugged, it creates in the frozen status; - for start use subfunction 5 functions 69. + * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 7 of function 70. + * Command line must be terminated by character with code 0 + (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters + up to terminating null inclusively or the first 256 charachters + depending on what is less. + * If the process is started as debugged, it is created in + the suspended state; to run use subfunction 5 of function 69. ====================================================================== -======== Function 59 - get information on last system calls. ========= +=============== Function 59 - trace last system calls. =============== ====================================================================== -Get data on all system calls of all processes. +Gets data on all system calls of all processes. Parameters: - * eax = 59 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - sole subfunction - * ecx = pointer on buffer - * edx = size of buffer + * eax = 59 - function number + * ebx = 0 - unique subfunction + * ecx = pointer to the buffer + * edx = size of the buffer Returned value: - * eax = total number of system calls made from moment - of loading system (modulo 2^32) + * eax = total number of system calls made from system boot + (modulo 2^32) * ebx = 0 -Format of information about one call: (size = 0x40 = 64 bytes) - * +0: dword: PID process/thread +Format of information on one call: (size = 0x40 = 64 bytes) + * +0: dword: PID of process/thread * +4: 7*dword: garbage - * +32 = +0x20: dword: value edi by call + * +32 = +0x20: dword: value of edi at the call * +36 = +0x24: dword: esi * +40 = +0x28: dword: ebp - * +44 = +0x2C: dword: pointer of stack of kernel handler + * +44 = +0x2C: dword: stack pointer of the kernel handler * +48 = +0x30: dword: ebx * +52 = +0x34: dword: edx * +56 = +0x38: dword: ecx - * +60 = +0x3C: dword: eax (=number system function) + * +60 = +0x3C: dword: eax (=number of system function) Remarks: - * Function is used only in the application systrace. It is rather difficult - to present a situation, in which this application or this function are - really useful, and all system calls for support of this function are a - little decelerated (though and not strongly)... - * In this connection there is a sentence support of this function from - a kernel to remove absolutely, together with the application systrace. - * Information on system calls is saved in system ring buffer - on 0x10 of inputs. - This function simply copies the indicated size given from the mentioned - buffer to the indicated address. - * To what from inputs in the buffer corresponds to last call, it is possible - to define on value eax, namely, - input (eax and 0xF) (on offset (eax and 0xF) *0x40). - * In current implementation the seldom meeting problems of - unsynchronization are possible, when about some calls the - information becomes outdated. - * Under the system buffer the page, 4 KB is allocated. - Size of an input = 64 bytes. - Why 16 inputs - not clearly are used only. - * Value esp at moment of system call by this function cannot be found out. - * Checks of a correctness edx in current implementation is not done. + * The function is used only in the application 'systrace'. + It is rather difficult to imagine a situation, in which + this application or this function are really useful; + and all system calls for support of this function are a little + decelerated (though not strongly)... + * So there is a proposition to delete from the kernel + support of this function, together with application 'systrace'. + * The information on system calls saves in the system + ring buffer with 0x10 entries. + This function simply copies the given size of data + from this buffer to the given address. + * One can determine, which entry in the buffer corresponds to + last system call, by value of eax, namely, it is the entry + (eax and 0xF) (at offset (eax and 0xF)*0x40). + * In the current implementation there can be the seldom + meeting problems of unsynchronization, when the information + on some calls becomes outdated. + * Under the system buffer one page, 4Kb, is allocated. + Size of an entry = 64 bytes. Why only 16 entries are used, + is not clearly. + * The value of esp at the moment of system call cannot + be determined by this function. + * The current implementation does not check edx for correctness. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 60 - Inter Process Communication (IPC). ========== +========== Function 60 - Inter Process Communication (IPC). ========== ====================================================================== -IPC is applied to sendings the messages from one process / thread to another. -Thus it is necessary previously to agree how to interpreted +IPC is used for message dispatching from one process/thread to +another. Previously it is necessary to agree how to interpret the concrete message. --------- Subfunction 1 - install area for obtaining IPC --------- -Is called by the process - receiver. +----------- Subfunction 1 - set the area for IPC receiving ----------- +Is called by process-receiver. Parameters: - * eax = 60 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction - * ecx = pointer on buffer - * edx = size of buffer + * eax = 60 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number + * ecx = pointer to the buffer + * edx = size of the buffer Returned value: - * eax = 0 - always successfully -╘юЁьрЄ IPC-сєЇхЁр: - * +0: dword: if here not 0, the buffer is considered disabled; lock/unblock - the buffer, when you with it actively work also to you it is necessary, - that the data of the buffer from the outside varied - (the new messages) not acted + * eax = 0 - always success +Format of IPC-buffer: + * +0: dword: if nonzero, buffer is considered locked; + lock/unlock the buffer, when you work with it and need that + buffer data are not changed from outside (no new messages) * +4: dword: occupied place in the buffer (in bytes) * +8: first message * +8+n: second message * ... -Format of message: - * +0: dword: PID of process / thread which has transmitted the message - * +4: dword: length of the message (not including this header) - * +8: n*byte: data messages +Format of a message: + * +0: dword: PID of sender + * +4: dword: message length (not including this header) + * +8: n*byte: message data ---------------- Subfunction 2 - transmit message IPC. ---------------- -Is called by the process - initiator. +------------------ Subfunction 2 - send IPC message ------------------ +Is called by process-sender. Parameters: - * eax = 60 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 60 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number * ecx = PID of receiver - * edx = pointer on message data - * esi = length of message (in bytes) + * edx = pointer to the message data + * esi = message length (in bytes) Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - receiver has not defined buffer for IPC-messages - (can be, was not in time yet, and there can be, it not that thread, - which is necessary) - * eax = 2 - receiver has blocked the IPC-buffer; try slightly to wait - * eax = 3 - overflow of IPC-buffer of receiver + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - the receiver has not defined buffer for IPC messages + (can be, still have no time, + and can be, this is not right process) + * eax = 2 - the receiver has blocked IPC-buffer; try to wait a bit + * eax = 3 - overflow of IPC-buffer of the receiver * eax = 4 - process/thread with such PID does not exist Remarks: - * System at once after writing the IPC-message in the buffer dispatches - to stream - receiver event with the code 7 (see codes of events). + * Immediately after writing of IPC-message to the buffer the system + sends to the receiver the event with code 7 (see event codes). ====================================================================== -==== Function 61 - get parameters for direct access to a graphics. === +==== Function 61 - get parameters for the direct graphics access. ==== ====================================================================== -Data of graphics screen are accessible to program (area of memory, which purely -also displays contents of screen) directly without calls of system functions -through the selector gs: - mov eax, [gs:0] -will place in eax first dword of buffer containing information on colour -of left upper point (and, probably, colour of several following). - mov [gs:0], eax -by operation in modes VESA c LFB will install colour of left upper point -(and, probably, colour of several following). -Interpretations given of the graphics screen need knowledge of some parameters, -which come back by this function. +The data of the graphics screen (the memory area which displays +screen contents) are accessible to a program directly, without +any system calls, through the selector gs: + mov eax, [gs:0] +places in eax the first dword of the buffer, which contains +information on color of the left upper point (and, possibly, colors +of several following). + mov [gs:0], eax +by work in VESA modes with LFB sets color of the left upper point +(and, possibly, colors of several following). +To interpret the data of graphics screen program needs to know +some parameters, returning by this function. Remarks: - * Parameters of a graphics very seldom vary at system operation, namely, - only in cases, when the user works with the program VRR. - * At change of videomode the system redraw all windows - (event with the code 1) and redraw a background (event 5). - Same events occur and in other cases, which meet much more often, - than change of videomode. - * By operation in videomodes with LFB the selector gs specifies on purely - LFB, so reading / writing on gs result directly in change of contents of - the screen. By operation in videomodes without LFB gs specifies some area - of the given kernel, and all functions of output on the screen honesty - fulfil double operation on writing directly on the screen and on - writing in this buffer. In result at reading contents of this buffer the - results correspond to contents of the screen (with, generally speaking, - large colour permission), and writing ignored. - Exception is the mode 320*200, for which in main loop system thread the - upgrade of the screen is fulfilled according to movements - of a mouse pointer. + * Graphics parameters changes very seldom at work, + namely, only in cases, when user works with the application VRR. + * At videomode change the system redraws all windows (event + with code 1) and redraws the background (event 5). + Same events occur in other cases too, which meet much more often, + than videomode change. + * By operation in videomodes with LFB the selector gs points to + LFB itself, so reading/writing on gs result directly in + change of screen contents. By operation in videomodes without + LFB gs points to some data area in the kernel, and all functions + of screen output fulfil honesty double operation on writing + directly to the screen and writing to this buffer. In result + at reading contents of this buffer the results correspond to + screen contents (with, generally speaking, large color + resolution), and writing is ignored. + One exception is the mode 320*200, for which main loop of the + system thread updates the screen according to mouse movements. ------------------------- Screen resolution -------------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 61 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 61 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = [permission on axis x] *65536 + [permission on axis y] + * eax = [resolution on x axis]*65536 + [resolution on y axis] Remarks: - * It is possible to use the function 14 that it returns sizes on 1 less. - It completely equivalent way. + * One can use function 14 paying attention that + it returns sizes on 1 pixel less. It is fully equivalent way. ------------------------- Number bits on pixel ------------------------ +---------------------- Number of bits per pixel ---------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 61 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 61 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = number bits on pixel (24 or 32) + * eax = number of bits per pixel (24 or 32) ------------------------- Number bytes on string ------------------------ +-------------------- Number of bytes per scanline -------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 61 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction + * eax = 61 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = number bytes, which is occupied by one string of the scanning + * eax = number of bytes occupied by one scanline (horizontal line on the screen) ====================================================================== -==== Function 62, subfunction 0 - get version of PCI-interface. ===== +===== Function 62, subfunction 0 - get version of PCI-interface. ===== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 62 - number of the function - * bl = 0 - number subfunction + * eax = 62 - function number + * bl = 0 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently - * ah.al = version of PCI-interface (ah=version, al=subversion) - * high word eax contains a zero + * eax = -1 - PCI access is disabled; otherwise + * ah.al = version of PCI-interface (ah=version, al=subversion) + * high word of eax is zeroed Remarks: - * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 - functions 21 previously should be allowed. - * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value ax is not defined. + * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be + enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. + * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value of ax is undefined. ====================================================================== -==== Function 62, subfunction 1 - get number of last PCI-bus. === +==== Function 62, subfunction 1 - get number of the last PCI-bus. ==== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 62 - number of the function - * bl = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 62 - function number + * bl = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently - * al = number of last PCI-bus; the stayed bits eax fail + * eax = -1 - access to PCI is disabled; otherwise + * al = number of the last PCI-bus; other bytes of eax are destroyed Remarks: - * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 - functions 21 previously should be allowed. - * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value al is not defined. + * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be + enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. + * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value of ax is undefined. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 62, subfunction 2 ==================== -=========== Get mechanism of call to configuration space PCI. ======== +===================== Function 62, subfunction 2 ===================== +===== Get mechanism of addressing to the PCI configuration space. ==== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 62 - number of the function - * bl = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 62 - function number + * bl = 2 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently - * al = mechanism (1 or 2); the other bits eax fail + * eax = -1 - access to PCI is disabled; otherwise + * al = mechanism (1 or 2); other bytes of eax are destroyed Remarks: - * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 - functions 21 previously should be allowed. - * Mechanism of call is selected according to characteristics of equipment. - * Subfunctions of reading and writing automatically work with - selected mechanism. + * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be + enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. + * Addressing mechanism is selected depending on + equipment characteristics. + * Subfunctions of read and write work automatically + with the selected mechanism. ====================================================================== -========= Function 62, subfunction 4,5,6 - read PCI-register. ======== +======== Function 62, subfunctions 4,5,6 - read PCI-register. ======== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 62 - number of the function - * bl = 4 - read bytes - * bl = 5 - read a word - * bl = 6 - tread a double word + * eax = 62 - function number + * bl = 4 - read byte + * bl = 5 - read word + * bl = 6 - read dword * bh = number of PCI-bus - * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of device on bus, - fff = number of function of device - * cl = number of the register (should be even for bl=5, - be divided on 4 for bl=6) + * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on the bus, + fff = function number of device + * cl = number of register (must be even for bl=5, + divisible by 4 for bl=6) Returned value: - * eax = -1 - error (prohibited access to PCI - or unsupported parameters); differently - * al/ax/eax (depending on the requested size) contains the data; - the rest of the register eax fail + * eax = -1 - error (access to PCI is disabled or parameters + are not supported); otherwise + * al/ax/eax (depending on requested size) contains the data; + the other part of register eax is destroyed Remarks: - * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 - functions 21 previously should be allowed. - * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on the bus and ignores number - of the function. To receive an access mechanism it is possible by call - subfunction 2. - * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are defined - by the concrete device. The list first enters, for example, in known + * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be + enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. + * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on a bus and ignores + function number. To get access mechanism use subfunction 2. + * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are + defined by the concrete device. The list of registers of the + first type can be found e.g. in famous Interrupt List by Ralf Brown (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/); - list second should be indicated in documentation on the device. + registers of the second type must be listed + in the device documentation. ====================================================================== -====== Function 62, subfunction 8,9,10 - write in PCI-register. ====== +====== Function 62, subfunctions 8,9,10 - write to PCI-register. ===== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 62 - number of the function - * bl = 8 - write bytes - * bl = 9 - write a word - * bl = 10 - write a double word + * eax = 62 - function number + * bl = 8 - write byte + * bl = 9 - write word + * bl = 10 - write dword * bh = number of PCI-bus - * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on bus, - fff = number of function of device - * cl = number of register (should be even for bl=9, - be divided on 4 for bl=10) - * dl/dx/edx (depending on requested size) contains given for writing + * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on the bus, + fff = function number of device + * cl = number of register (must be even for bl=9, + divisible by 4 for bl=10) + * dl/dx/edx (depending on requested size) contatins + the data to write Returned value: - * eax = -1 - error (prohibited access to PCI or unsupported parameters) - * eax = 0 - successfully + * eax = -1 - error (access to PCI is disabled or parameters + are not supported) + * eax = 0 - success Remarks: - * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 - functions 21 previously should be allowed. - * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on the bus and ignores number - of the function. To receive an access mechanism it is possible by call - subfunction 2. - * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are defined - by the concrete device. The list first enters, for example, in known - Interrupt List by Ralf Brown; - list second should be indicated in documentation on the device. + * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be + enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. + * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on a bus and ignores + function number. To get access mechanism use subfunction 2. + * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are + defined by the concrete device. The list of registers of the + first type can be found e.g. in famous Interrupt List by + Ralf Brown; registers of the second type must be listed + in the device documentation. ====================================================================== -============== Function 63 - work with debugging board. ============== +============== Function 63 - work with the debug board. ============== ====================================================================== -Debugging board represents the system buffer (on 512 bytes), in which any -program can write (generally speaking, arbitrary) data and from which other -program can these data read. -There is an agreement, according to which written given - text strings -interpreted as of the debug message on a course of execution of the program. -The kernel in the defined situations also writes to board of debugging of the -item of information about execution of some functions; under the agreement of -the message of a kernel start with the prefix " K: ". -For review of board of debugging the application board is created which reads -out the data from the buffer and displays them in the window. board understands -a sequence of codes 13,10 as transition on new string -Character with the zero code at the end of string is not mandatory, +The debug board is the global system buffer (with the size +512 bytes), to which any program can write (generally speaking, +arbitrary) data and from which other program can read these data. +By the agreement written data are text strings interpreted as +debug messages on a course of program execution. The kernel in +some situations also writes to the debug board information on +execution of some functions; by the agreement kernel messages +begins from the prefix "K : ". +For view of the debug board the application 'board' was created, +which reads data from the buffer and displays them in its window. +'board' interpretes the sequence of codes 13,10 as newline. +A character with null code in an end of line is not necessary, but also does not prevent. -As has appeared of the debugger necessity of board of debugging a little has -decreased, as the debugger allows completely to inspect a course of execution -of the program, and for this purpose it is not required of any efforts on the -part of the program. Nevertheless in many cases the board of debugging -continues to remain useful. +Because debugger has been written, the value of the debug board +has decreased, as debugger allows to inspect completely a course of +program execution without any efforts from the direction of program +itself. Nevertheless in some cases the debug board is still useful. ----------------------------- Writing of byte ---------------------------- +----------------------------- Write byte ----------------------------- Parameters: - * eax = 63 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction - * cl = bytes of data + * eax = 63 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number + * cl = data byte Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Byte is written in buffer. Length of buffer - 512 bytes. - At overflow of the buffer all obtained data are lost also filling - starts again with zero. - * For output to board of debugging of more complex objects (strings, numbers) - this function called in cycle suffices. It is possible to not write - manually appropriate code, and to take advantage of the file debug.inc, - included in the distribution kit. + * Byte is written to the buffer. Buffer size is 512 bytes. + At buffer overflow all obtained data are lost. + * For output to the debug board of more complicated objects + (strings, numbers) it is enough to call this function in cycle. + It is possible not to write the appropriate code manually and use + file 'debug.inc', which is included into the distributive. ----------------------------- Reading of byte ---------------------------- -Takes away bytes from the buffer. +----------------------------- Read byte ------------------------------ +Takes away byte from the buffer. Parameters: - * eax = 63 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 63 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = ebx = 0 - buffer is empty - * eax = bytes, ebx = 1 - bytes successfully is read + * eax = ebx = 0 - the buffer is empty + * eax = byte, ebx = 1 - byte was successfully read ====================================================================== -========== Function 64 - reallocate memory of application. ========== +============== Function 64 - resize application memory. ============== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 64 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - sole subfunction - * ecx = new size of memory + * eax = 64 - function number + * ebx = 1 - unique subfunction + * ecx = new memory size Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully - * eax = 1 - not enough of memory + * eax = 0 - success + * eax = 1 - not enough memory Remarks: - * At present this function is a sole resource for dynamic - allocation/free of memory for application. + * At the moment this function is a sole resource for dynamic + allocation/free of application memory. ====================================================================== -================= Function 66 - work with keyboard. ================= +================== Function 66 - work with keyboard. ================= ====================================================================== -Mode of input influences results of reading of keys by function 2. -At program loading for it ASCII-mode of input is installed. +The input mode influences results of reading keys by function 2. +When a program loads, ASCII input mode is set for it. --------- Subfunction 1 - install a keyboard mode. --------- +-------------- Subfunction 1 - set keyboard input mode. -------------- Parameters: - * eax = 66 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 66 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number * ecx = mode: * 0 = normal (ASCII-characters) * 1 = scancodes Returned value: * function does not return value ---------- Subfunction 2 - get a keyboard mode. ---------- +-------------- Subfunction 2 - get keyboard input mode. -------------- Parameters: - * eax = 66 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 66 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = current mode -------- Subfunction 3 - get a status of direction keys. -------- +------------ Subfunction 3 - get status of control keys. ------------- Parameters: - * eax = 66 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction + * eax = 66 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number Returned value: * eax = bit mask: - * Bit 0 (mask 1): left Shift is pressed - * Bit 1 (mask 2): right Shift is pressed - * Bit 2 (mask 4): left Ctrl is pressed - * Bit 3 (mask 8): right Ctrl is pressed - * Bit 4 (mask 0x10): left Alt is pressed - * Bit 5 (mask 0x20): right Alt is pressed - * Bit 6 (mask 0x40): CapsLock is included - * Bit 7 (mask 0x80): NumLock is included - * Bit 8 (mask 0x100): ScrollLock is included - * The other bits are reset + * bit 0 (mask 1): left Shift is pressed + * bit 1 (mask 2): right Shift is pressed + * bit 2 (mask 4): left Ctrl is pressed + * bit 3 (mask 8): right Ctrl is pressed + * bit 4 (mask 0x10): left Alt is pressed + * bit 5 (mask 0x20): right Alt is pressed + * bit 6 (mask 0x40): CapsLock is on + * bit 7 (mask 0x80): NumLock is on + * bit 8 (mask 0x100): ScrollLock is on + * other bits are cleared ------ Subfunction 4 - install common system "hotkey". ----- -Applications which have installed it are informed only on pressing "hotkey"; -the active application (to which acts all normal input) such keys does not get. -Notice consists in sending event with the code 2. -To read "hotkey" it is possible the same as also usual, - function 2. +-------------- Subfunction 4 - set system-wide hotkey. --------------- +When hotkey is pressed, the system notifies only those applications, +which have installed it; the active application (which receives +all normal input) does not receive such keys. +The notification consists in sending event with the code 2. +Reading hotkey is the same as reading normal key - by function 2. Parameters: - * eax = 66 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction - * cl sets scancode of the key; - уse cl=0 for definition of combinations of a type Ctrl+Shift - * edx = 0xXYZ √ets possible statuses of direction keys: - * Z (low 4 bits) are set by a status of keys LShift and RShift: - * 0 = any of keys should not be pressed; - * 1 = only one of keys is should be pressed; - * 2 = both keys should be pressed; - * 3 = should be pressed LShift, but not RShift; - * 4 = should be pressed RShift, but not LShift - * Y - is similar for LCtrl and RCtrl; - * X - is similar for LAlt and RAlt + * eax = 66 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number + * cl determines key scancode; + use cl=0 to give combinations such as Ctrl+Shift + * edx = 0xXYZ determines possible states of control keys: + * Z (low 4 bits) determines state of LShift and RShift: + * 0 = no key must be pressed; + * 1 = exactly one key must be pressed; + * 2 = both keys must be pressed; + * 3 = must be pressed LShift, but not RShift; + * 4 = must be pressed RShift, but not LShift + * Y - similar for LCtrl and RCtrl; + * X - similar for LAlt and RAlt Returned value: - * eax=0 - successfully - * eax=1 - too much "hotkey" is admitted (maximal 256) + * eax=0 - success + * eax=1 - too mant hotkeys (maximum 256 are allowed) Remarks: - * Hotkey can work either at pressing, or at release. Scancode of release - of the key on 128 it is more, than scancode of pressing - (i.e. high bit is installed). - * Some applications can install the same combination; all such applications - will be informed on pressing such combination. + * Hotkey can work either at pressing or at release. Release + scancode of a key is more on 128 than pressing scancode + (i.e. high bit is set). + * Several applications can set the same combination; + all such applications will be informed on pressing + such combination. ------- Subfunction 5 - delete installed "hotkey". ------- +-------------- Subfunction 5 - delete installed hotkey. -------------- Parameters: - * eax = 66 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction - * cl = scancode of key and edx = 0xXYZ same, as well as in subfunction 4 + * eax = 66 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number + * cl = scancode of key and edx = 0xXYZ the same as in subfunction 4 Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully + * eax = 0 - success * eax = 1 - there is no such hotkey Remarks: - * At completion of process / thread all hotkey, installed by it are deleted. - * Function call does not influence other applications. If other application - has defined same combination, it will receive still notices. + * When a process/thread terminates, all hotkey installed by it are + deleted. + * The call to this subfunction does not affect other applications. + If other application has defined the same combination, it will + still receive notices. ====================================================================== -============ Function 67 - change location/sizes of window. =========== +========= Function 67 - change position/sizes of the window. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 67 - number of the function + * eax = 67 - function number * ebx = new x-coordinate of the window * ecx = new y-coordinate of the window * edx = new x-size of the window @@ -3484,264 +3559,271 @@ Parameters: Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Value -1 for the parameter means "to not change"; for example, for moving - the window without resizing it is possible to specify edx=esi =-1. - * Previously window should be defined by the function 0. + * The value -1 for a parameter means "do not change"; e.g. to move + the window without resizing it is possible to specify edx=esi=-1. + * Previously the window must be defined by function 0. It sets initial coordinates and sizes of the window. - * Sizes of the window are understood in sense of the function 0, - i.e. on one pixel it is less, than real sizes. - * Function call for the maximized windows is simple ignored. - * For windows of appropriate styles a location and/or the sizes can be - changed by the user; current a location and the sizes can be obtained - by function call 9. - * Function dispatches to window event redraw (with the code 1). + * Sizes of the window are understood in sense of function 0, + that is one pixel less than real sizes. + * The function call for maximized windows is simply ignored. + * For windows of appropriate styles position and/or sizes can be + changed by user; current position and sizes can be obtained by + call to function 9. + * The function sends to the window redraw event (with the code 1). ====================================================================== -== Function 68, subfunction 0 - get the counter of task switchings. == +====== Function 68, subfunction 0 - get the task switch counter. ===== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - number subfunction + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 0 - subfunction number Returned value: - * eax = number of task switchings from the moment of loading the system - (modulo 2^32) + * eax = number of task switches from the system booting + (modulo 2^32) ====================================================================== -====================== Function 68, subfunction 1 ==================== -=========== To switch to the following thread of execution. ========== +======= Function 68, subfunction 1 - switch to the next thread. ====== ====================================================================== -Function completes a current time slice allocated to stream, -and switches to the following.(What thread what process will be by the -following, to predict it is impossible). -Later, when up to current thread queue will reach, -the execution will be restored. +The function completes the current time slice allocated to the +thread and switches to the next. (Which thread in which process +will be next, is unpredictable). Later, when execution queue +will reach the current thread, execution will be continued. Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number Returned value: * function does not return value ====================================================================== -============ Function 68, subfunction 2 - cache + rdpmc. ============= +============= Function 68, subfunction 2 - cache + rdpmc. ============ ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction - * ecx = required operation: - * ecx = 0 - to permit execution of the instruction rdpmc - (ReaD Performance-Monitoring Counters) - * ecx = 1 - find out, enabled/disabled cache - * ecx = 2 - enabled cache - * ecx = 3 - disabled cache + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number + * ecx = required action: + * ecx = 0 - enable instruction 'rdpmc' + (ReaD Performance-Monitoring Counters) for applications + * ecx = 1 - find out whether cache is disabled/enabled + * ecx = 2 - enable cache + * ecx = 3 - disable cache Returned value: * for ecx=0: - * eax = value cr4 + * eax = the value of cr4 * for ecx=1: * eax = (cr0 and 0x60000000): - * eax = 0 - cache enabled - * eax <> 0 - cache disabled + * eax = 0 - cache is on + * eax <> 0 - cache is off * for ecx=2 and ecx=3: * function does not return value ====================================================================== =========== Function 68, subfunction 3 - read MSR-register. ========== ====================================================================== -MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of the MSR-registers of the -processor contains in documentation on the processor (for example, IA-32 Intel -Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); each set of -processors has the subset of the MSR-registers. +MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of MSR-registers +of a processor is included to the documentation on it (for example, +IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, +Volume 3, Appendix B); each processor family has its own subset +of the MSR-registers. Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction - * ecx ignored - * edx = address MSR + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number + * ecx is ignored + * edx = MSR address Returned value: - * ebx:eax = high:low dword of result + * ebx:eax = high:low dword of the result Remarks: - * Instruction in ecx nonexistent or non-realized for of the given processor - MSR will entail exception in a kernel, which will kill thread. - * Previously it is necessary to define, whether are supported MSR as a whole, - command cpuid. Differently there will be already other exception in a - kernel, which all the same will kill thread. + * If ecx contains nonexistent or not implemented for this processor + MSR, processor will generate an exception in the kernel, which + will kill the thread. + * Previously it is necessary to check, whether MSRs are supported + as a whole, with the instruction 'cpuid'. Otherwise processor + will generate other exception in the kernel, which will anyway + kill the thread. ====================================================================== -========= Function 68, subfunction 4 - чряшёрЄ№ т MSR-ЁхушёЄЁ. ========= +========= Function 68, subfunction 4 - write to MSR-register. ======== ====================================================================== -MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of the MSR-registers of the -processor contains in documentation on the processor (for example, IA-32 Intel -Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); each set of -processors has the subset of the MSR-registers. +MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of MSR-registers +of a processor is included to the documentation on it (for example, +IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, +Volume 3, Appendix B); each processor family has its own subset +of the MSR-registers. Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction - * ecx ignored - * edx = address MSR - * esi:edi = high:low dword of result + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number + * ecx is ignored + * edx = MSR address + * esi:edi = high:low dword Returned value: - * ebx:eax = copy esi:edi -Remarks: - * Instruction in ecx nonexistent or non-realized for of the given processor - MSR will entail exception in a kernel, which will kill thread. - * Previously it is necessary to define, whether are supported MSR as a whole, - command cpuid. Differently there will be already other exception in a - kernel, which all the same will kill thread. + * ebx:eax = copy of esi:edi +╟рьхўрэш : + * If ecx contains nonexistent or not implemented for this processor + MSR, processor will generate an exception in the kernel, which + will kill the thread. + * Previously it is necessary to check, whether MSRs are supported + as a whole, with the instruction 'cpuid'. Otherwise processor + will generate other exception in the kernel, which will anyway + kill the thread. ====================================================================== ======= Function 68, subfunction 5 - allocate physical memory. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number * ecx = size (in bytes) Returned value: * eax = physical address of allocated memory Remarks: - * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a - case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data - to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for - AC97WAV.) - * Number of blocks of the actual storage is limited (constant 24, and this - constant includes and some memories for of needs of a kernel). - * Free allocated memory it is possible subfunction 6, in copying data - there/back are engaged subfunction 7 and 8. + * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended + for the case, when for some device it is required to place + data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function + was developed for AC97WAV.) + * The number of blocks of physical memory is limited (by constant + 24, and this constant includes some blocks for kernel). + * To free a memory allocated by such way use + subfunction 6, to copy data there and back + use subfunctions 7 and 8. ====================================================================== ========= Function 68, subfunction 6 - free physical memory. ========= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 6 - number subfunction + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 6 - subfunction number * ecx = physical address of memory Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a - case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data - to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for - AC97WAV.) - * Memory should be earlier allocated subfunction 5. + * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended + for the case, when for some device it is required to place + data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function + was developed for AC97WAV.) + * The memory must be previously allocated by subfunction 5. ====================================================================== -==== Function 68, subfunction 7 - write data in physical memory. ===== +===== Function 68, subfunction 7 - write data to physical memory. ==== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 7 - number subfunction + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 7 - subfunction number * ecx = physical address - * edx = pointer on data (in application) - * esi = data size (in bytes) + * edx = pointer to the data (in the application) + * esi = size of the data (in bytes) Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a - case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data - to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for - AC97WAV.) - * Range of physical addresses should lay inside allocated subfunction 5 - blocks of physical memory. - * Checks of a correctness is not made. + * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended + for the case, when for some device it is required to place + data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function + was developed for AC97WAV.) + * The range of physical addresses should lie inside of previously + allocated by subfunction 5 block of physical memory. + * There is no check for correctness. ====================================================================== ==== Function 68, subfunction 8 - read data from physical memory. ==== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 68 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction + * eax = 68 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number * ecx = physical address - * edx = pointer on buffer for data (in application) - * esi = data size (in bytes) + * edx = pointer to buffer for data (in application) + * esi = size of data (in bytes) Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a - case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data - to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for - AC97WAV.) - * Range of physical addresses should lay inside allocated subfunction 5 - blocks of physical memory. - * Checks of a correctness is not made. + * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended + for the case, when for some device it is required to place + data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function + was developed for AC97WAV.) + * The range of physical addresses should lie inside of previously + allocated by subfunction 5 block of physical memory. + * There is no check for correctness. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 69 - debugging. ====================== +====================== Fucntion 69 - debugging. ====================== ====================================================================== -Process can load other process as debugged by installation of appropriate bit -by call subfunction 16 functions 58. Process can have only one debugger; -one process can debug some processes. System notifies the debugger on events -occurring to the debugged process. Messages are written in the buffer defined +A process can load other process as debugged by set of corresponding +bit by call to subfunction 16 of function 58 +or subfunction 7 of function 70. +A process can have only one debugger; one process can debug some +others. The system notifies debugger on events occuring with +debugged process. Messages are written to the buffer defined by subfunction 0. -╘юЁьрЄ ёююс∙хэш : - +0: dword: the code of the message - +4: dword: PID of the debugged process - +8: there can be additional data defined by the code of the message -Codes of messages: +Format of a message: + * +0: dword: message code + * +4: dword: PID of debugged process + * +8: there can be additional data depending on message code +Message codes: * 1 = exception - * in addition transfers dword-number of exception - * process is paused - * 2 = process was completed - * comes at any completion: both through the system function -1, - and at "murder" by any other process (including debugger) + * in addition dword-number of the exception is given + * process is suspended + * 2 = process has terminated + * comes at any termination: both through the system function -1, + and at "murder" by any other process (including debugger itself) * 3 = debug exception int 1 = #DB - * in addition transfers a dword-image of the register DR6: - * Bits 0-3: the condition of appropriate breakpoint - (installed subfunction 9) is fulfilled - * Bit 14: the exception has taken place because of the mode of step - tracing (the flag TF is installed) - * process is paused -At completion of the debugger all debugged processes are killed. -If the debugger it does not want, it should previously be disabled + * in addition dword-image of the register DR6 is given: + * bits 0-3: condition of the corresponding breakpoint (set by + subfunction 9) is satisfied + * сшЄ 14: exception has occured because of the trace mode + (flag TF is set TF) + * process is suspended +When debugger terminates, all debugged processes are killed. +If debugger does not want this, it must previously detach by subfunction 3. -All subfunction are applicable only to the processes/threads started from -current function 58 with a installed debugging flag. -Debugging of multithread programs is not supported yet. -Full list subfunctions: - * subfunction 0 - define area given for of debug messages - * subfunction 1 - get a status of the registers debugged thread - * subfunction 2 - install a status of the registers debugged thread - * subfunction 3 - disabled from the debugged process - * subfunction 4 - paused debugged thread - * subfunction 5 - restored execution debugged thread - * subfunction 6 - read from memory of the debugged process - * subfunction 7 - write in memory of the debugged process - * subfunction 8 - complete debugged thread - * subfunction 9 - place/remove the hardware point break +All subfunctions are applicable only to processes/threads started +from the current by function 58 or 70 with set debugging flag. +Debugging of multithreaded programs is not supported yet. +The full list of subfunctions: + * subfunction 0 - define data area for debug messages + * subfunction 1 - get contents of registers of debugged thread + * subfunction 2 - set contents of registers of debugged thread + * subfunction 3 - detach from debugged process + * subfunction 4 - suspend debugged thread + * subfunction 5 - resume debugged thread + * subfunction 6 - read from the memory of debugged process + * subfunction 7 - write to the memory of debugged process + * subfunction 8 - terminate debugged thread + * subfunction 9 - set/clear hardware breakpoint ====================================================================== -====================== Function 69, subfunction 0 ==================== -============= Define area given for of debug messages. =============== += Function 69, subfunction 0 - define data area fror debug messages. = ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 0 - number subfunction + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 0 - subfunction number * ecx = pointer Format of data area: - * +0: dword: N = size of buffer (not including this header) - * +4: dword: occupied in buffer + * +0: dword: N = buffer size (not including this header) + * +4: dword: occupied place * +8: N*byte: buffer Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * If a field of a size negatively, the buffer is considered disabled and - at arrival of the new message the system will wait. - For synchronization frame all operation with the buffer by operations - of the locking/unlocking - neg [bufsize] - * Data in the buffer are treated as the array of units of a variable - length - messages. The format of the message is indicated in - the common description. + * If the size field is negative, the buffer is considered locked + and at arrival of new message the system will wait. + For synchronization frame all work with the buffer by operations + lock/unlock + neg [bufsize] + * Data in the buffer are considered as array of items with variable + length - messages. Format of a message is explained in + general description. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 69, subfunction 1 ==================== -=========== Get a status of the registers debugged thread. =========== +===================== Function 69, subfunction 1 ===================== +============ Get contents of registers of debugged thread. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 1 - number subfunction + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 1 - subfunction number * ecx = thread identifier - * edx = length of structure of a context, should be 0x28=40 bytes + * edx = size of context structure, must be 0x28=40 bytes + * esi = pointer to context structure Returned value: * function does not return value -Format of structure of a context: (FPU is not supported yet) +Format of context structure: (FPU is not supported yet) * +0: dword: eip * +4: dword: eflags * +8: dword: eax @@ -3753,533 +3835,540 @@ Format of structure of a context: (FPU is not supported yet) * +32 = +0x20: dword: esi * +36 = +0x24: dword: edi Remarks: - * If thread fulfils the code of a ring-0, the status of the registers - of a ring-3 comes back. - * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in - the common description). + * If the thread executes code of ring-0, the function returns + contents of registers of ring-3. + * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in + general description). ====================================================================== -====================== Function 69, subfunction 2 ====================== -======== Install a status of the registers debugged thread. ======== +===================== Function 69, subfunction 2 ===================== +============ Set contents of registers of debugged thread. =========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 2 - number subfunction + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 2 - subfunction number * ecx = thread identifier - * edx = length of structure of a context, should be 0x28=40 bytes + * edx = size of context structure, must be 0x28=40 bytes Returned value: * function does not return value -Format of structure of a context is indicated in the description subfunction 1. +Format of context structure is shown in the description of +subfunction 1. Remarks: - * If thread fulfils the code of a 0-ring, the status of the registers - of a 3-ring is installed. - * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in - the common description). + * If the thread executes code of ring-0, the function returns + contents of registers of ring-3. + * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in + general description). ====================================================================== -== Function 69, subfunction 3 - disabled from the debugged process. == +===== Function 69, subfunction 3 - detach from debugged process. ===== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 3 - number subfunction + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 3 - subfunction number * ecx = identifier Returned value: * function does not return value Remarks: - * If the process was paused, it restores execution. + * If the process was suspended, it resumes execution. ====================================================================== -======== Function 69, subfunction 4 - paused debugged thread. ======== +======== Function 69, subfunction 4 - suspend debugged thread. ======= ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number яЁюЎхёёр - * ebx = 4 - number subfunction - * ecx = identifier -Returned value: - * function does not return value -Remarks: - * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in - the common description). - -====================================================================== -====================== Function 69, subfunction 5 ==================== -================ Restored execution debugged thread. ================= -====================================================================== -Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 5 - number subfunction - * ecx = identifier -Returned value: - * function does not return value -Remarks: - * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in - the common description). - -====================================================================== -====================== Function 69, subfunction 6 ==================== -============= Read from memory of the debugged process. ============== -====================================================================== -Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 6 - number subfunction - * ecx = identifier - * edx = how many bytes to read - * esi = memory address of the debugged process - * edi = pointer on buffer for data -Returned value: - * eax = -1 error (incorrect PID or buffer) - * differently eax = the number read bytes - (is possible, 0, if in esi the too large value) -Remarks: - * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in - the common description). - -====================================================================== - Function 69, subfunction 7 - write in memory of the debugged process. -====================================================================== -Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 7 - number subfunction - * ecx = identifier - * edx = how many bytes to write - * esi = memory address of the debugged process - * edi = pointer on data -Returned value: - * eax = -1 error (incorrect PID or buffer) - * differently eax = the number written bytes - (is possible, 0, if in esi the too large value) -Remarks: - * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in - the common description). - -====================================================================== -======= Function 69, subfunction 8 - complete debugged thread. ======= -====================================================================== -Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 8 - number subfunction - * ecx = identifier -Returned value: - * function does not return value -Remarks: - * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in - the common description). - * Function is similar subfunction 2 functions 18 with two differences: - the execution of the first remark is required and is accepted PID, - instead of number of the slot. - -====================================================================== -====================== Function 69, subfunction 9 ==================== -=============== Place/remove the hardware point break. =============== -====================================================================== -Parameters: - * eax = 69 - number of the function - * ebx = 9 - number subfunction + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 4 - subfunction number * ecx = thread identifier - * dl = index of breakpoint, from 0 up to 3 inclusively +Returned value: + * function does not return value +Remarks: + * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in + general description). + +====================================================================== +======== Function 69, subfunction 5 - resume debugged thread. ======== +====================================================================== +Parameters: + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 5 - subfunction number + * ecx = thread identifier +Returned value: + * function does not return value +Remarks: + * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in + general description). + +====================================================================== += Fucntion 69, subfunction 6 - read from memory of debugged process. = +====================================================================== +Parameters: + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 6 - subfunction number + * ecx = identifier + * edx = number of bytes to read + * esi = address in the memory of debugged process + * edi = pointer to buffer for data +Returned value: + * eax = -1 at an error (invalid PID or buffer) + * otherwise eax = number of read bytes (possibly, 0, + if esi is too large) +Remarks: + * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in + general description). + +====================================================================== +== Function 69, subfunction 7 - write to memory of debugged process. = +====================================================================== +Parameters: + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 7 - subfunction number + * ecx = identifier + * edx = number of bytes to write + * esi = address of memory in debugged process + * edi = pointer to data +Returned value: + * eax = -1 at an error (invalid PID or buffer) + * otherwise eax = number of written bytes (possibly, 0, + if esi is too large) +Remarks: + * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in + general description). + +====================================================================== +======= Function 69, subfunction 8 - terminate debugged thread. ====== +====================================================================== +Parameters: + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 8 - subfunction number + * ecx = identifier +Returned value: + * function does not return value +Remarks: + * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in + general description). + * The function is similar to subfunction 2 of function 18 + with two differences: it requires first remark and + accepts PID rather than slot number. + +====================================================================== +===== Function 69, subfunction 9 - set/clear hardware breakpoint. ==== +====================================================================== +Parameters: + * eax = 69 - function number + * ebx = 9 - subfunction number + * ecx = thread identifier + * dl = index of breakpoint, from 0 to 3 inclusively * dh = flags: - * if high bit is reset - install breakpoint: + * if high bit is cleared - set breakpoint: * bits 0-1 - condition: * 00 = breakpoint on execution - * 01 = breakpoint on writing - * 11 = breakpoint on reading/writing - * bits 2-3 - length; for breakpoints on fulfilment should be 00, - otherwise one of - * 00 = bytes + * 01 = breakpoint on read + * 11 = breakpoint on read/write + * bits 2-3 - length; for breakpoints on exception it must be + 00, otherwise one of + * 00 = byte * 01 = word - * 11 = double word - * esi = address of breakpoint; should be aligned according to length - (i.e. should be even for of breakpoints on a word, is multiple 4 for - of a double word) - * if high bit is installed - reset breakpoint + * 11 = dword + * esi = breakpoint address; must be aligned according to + the length (i.e. must be even for word breakpoints, + divisible by 4 for dword) + * if high bit is set - clear breakpoint Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully + * eax = 0 - success * eax = 1 - error in the input data - * eax = 2 - (reserved, never comes back in current realization) - with this index global breakpoint already is installed + * eax = 2 - (reserved, is never returned in the current + implementation) a global breakpoint with that index is already set Remarks: - * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in - the common description). - * Hardware breakpoints are realized through the DRx-register of the - processor, from here all limitations. - * Function can reinstall the breakpoint, earlier installed to it - (in any way not informing about it). - Carry on the list of the installed breakpoints in the debugger. - * Operation of breakpoint consists in generation of debug exception #DB, - which the system informs to the debugger. - * Breakpoint on writing and reading/writing works after execution of - the instruction, which has called it. + * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in + general description). + * Hardware breakpoints are implemented through DRx-registers of + the processor, all limitations results from this. + * The function can reinstall the breakpoint, previously set + by it (and it does not inform on this). + Carry on the list of set breakpoints in the debugger. + * Breakpoints generate debug exception #DB, on which the system + notifies debugger. + * Breakpoints on write and read/write act after + execution of the caused it instruction. ====================================================================== -== Function 70 - work with a file system with support of long names. = +==== Function 70 - work with file system with long names support. ==== ====================================================================== Parameters: * eax = 70 - * ebx = pointer on information structure + * ebx = pointer to the information structure Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system - * depending on subfunction the value and in other registers can come back -Common format of information structure: - * +0: dword: number subfunction - * +4: dword: offset in the file - * +8: dword: high dword of offset (should be 0) or field of flags + * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code + * some subfunctions return value in other registers too +General format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: subfunction number + * +4: dword: file offset + * +8: dword: high dword of offset (must be 0) or flags field * +12 = +0xC: dword: size - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on data - * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with a filename + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to data + * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with the filename or * +20 = +0x14: db 0 - * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename -Specifications - in documentation on appropriate subfunction. -Filename is insensitive to the register of characters. Russian characters should be written in the coding cp866 (DOS). -╘юЁьрЄ шьхэш Їрщыр: + * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with the filename +Specifications - in documentation on the appropriate subfunction. +Filename is case-insensitive. Russian letters must be written in +the encoding cp866 (DOS). +Format of filename: /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, -where /base/number Identifies the device, on which the file is searched: +where /base/number identifies device, on which file is located: one of - * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 for access to ramdisk - * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 for access to the first floppy-drive, - /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 for access to the second floppy-drive - * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x for access accordingly - to hard disks on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), + * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 to access ramdisk + * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 to access first floppy drive, + /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 to access second one + * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x to access accordingly to devices + IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); - x - number of partition on selected hard disk, varies from 1 up to 255 - (on each of hard disks partitions starts with 1) - * /CD0/1, /CD1/1, /CD2/1, /CD3/1 for access accordingly - to CD on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), - IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slace) + x - partition number on the selected hard drive, varies from 1 + to 255 (on each hard drive the indexing starts from 1) + * /CD0/1, /CD1/1, /CD2/1, /CD3/1 to access accordingly to + CD on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), + IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave) Examples: * '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 * '/hd0/2/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 * '/hd0/1/Program files/NameOfProgram/SomeFile.SomeExtension',0 -Accessible subfunctions: +Available subfunctions: * subfunction 0 - read file * subfunction 1 - read folder * subfunction 2 - create/rewrite file - * subfunction 5 - get file/directory attributes structure - * subfunction 6 - set file/directory attributes structure + * subfunction 5 - get attributes of file/folder + * subfunction 6 - set attributes of file/folder * subfunction 7 - start application +For CD-drives due to hardware limitations only subfunctions +0,1,5 and 7 are available, other subfunctions return error +with code 2. ====================================================================== -= Function 70, subfunction 0 - read file with support of long names. = +=== Function 70, subfunction 0 - read file with long names support. == ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 70 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 0 = number subfunction - * +4: dword: position in the file (in bytes) - * +8: dword: 0 (reserved for high dword of a position) - * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many bytes to read - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where the data will be written - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * eax = 70 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 0 = subfunction number + * +4: dword: file offset (in bytes) + * +8: dword: 0 (reserved for high dword of offset) + * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of bytes to read + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description or * +20 = +0x14: db 0 - * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename + * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx = number read bytes or - -1=0xffffffff, if the file is not retrieved + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx = number of read bytes or -1=0xffffffff if file was not found Remarks: - * If the file was terminated earlier, than last requested block was read, - the function will read, how many can, then will return eax=6 (EOF). - * Function does not allow to read folders - (will return eax=10, access denied). + * If file was ended before last requested block was read, + the function will read as many as it can, and after that return + eax=6 (EOF). + * The function does not allow to read folder (returns eax=10, + access denied). -======================================================================== -= Function 70, subfunction 1 - read folder with support of long names. = -======================================================================== +====================================================================== +== Function 70, subfunction 1 - read folder with long names support. = +====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 70 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 1 = number subfunction - * +4: dword: index of the initial block (beginning from 0) - * +8: dword: field of flags: + * eax = 70 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 1 = subfunction number + * +4: dword: index of starting block (beginning from 0) + * +8: dword: flags field: * bit 0 (mask 1): in what format to return names, 0=ANSI, 1=UNICODE - * Other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 - for of the future compatibility - * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many blocks to read - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where the data will be written, - size of buffer should be not less than 32 + [+12] *560 bytes - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * other bits are reserved and must be set to 0 for the future + compatibility + * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of blocks to read + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data, buffer size + must be not less than 32 + [+12]*560 bytes + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of folder, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description or * +20 = +0x14: db 0 - * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename + * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx = number of files, the information about which was written - in the buffer, - or -1=0xffffffff, if the folder is not retrieved + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx = number of files, information on which was written to + the buffer, or -1=0xffffffff, if folder was not found Structure of the buffer: * +0: 32*byte: header * +32 = +0x20: n1*byte: block with information on file 1 - * +32+n1: n2*byte: block with information on file 2 2 + * +32+n1: n2*byte: block with information on file 2 * ... Structure of header: - * +0: dword: version of structure (current version = 1) - * +4: dword: amount of the placed blocks; it is no more, - than +12 information structures are requested in a field; - can be less, if in a folder the files (same, as in ebx) were terminated - * +8: dword: total number of files in a folder - * +12 = +0xC: 20*byte: reserved (zero) -Structure of data block of input of directory (DBID): - * +0: dword: file attributes: - * сшЄ 0 (ьрёър 1): file only for reading - * сшЄ 1 (ьрёър 2): file is hidden - * сшЄ 2 (ьрёър 4): file is system - * сшЄ 3 (ьрёър 8): it not file, it is volume label - (on given partition meets no more once and only in a root folder) - * сшЄ 4 (ьрёър 0x10): It is a folder - * сшЄ 5 (ьрёър 0x20): file was not archived - many programs of archiving - have an option, on which the files with installed this bit are archived - only, then this bit is dumped(reset) is it can be useful for of automatic - creation of backup-archives, for at recording bit is usually installed - * +4: byte: type of data of a name: - (coincides with bit 0 flags of information structure) - * 0 = ASCII = 1- byte performance of each character - * 1 = UNICODE = 2-byte performance of each character + * +0: dword: version of structure (current is 1) + * +4: dword: number of placed blocks; is not greater than requested + in the field +12 of information structure; can be less, if + there are no more files in folder (the same as in ebx) + * +8: dword: total number of files in folder + * +12 = +0xC: 20*byte: reserved (zeroed) +Structure of block of data for folder entry (BDFE): + * +0: dword: attributes of file: + * bit 0 (mask 1): file is read-only + * bit 1 (mask 2): file is hidden + * bit 2 (mask 4): file is system + * bit 3 (mask 8): this is not a file but volume label + (for one partition meets no more than once and + only in root folder) + * bit 4 (mask 0x10): this is a folder + * bit 5 (mask 0x20): file was not archived - many archivation + programs have an option to archive only files with this bit set, + and after archiving this bit is cleared - it can be useful + for automatically creating of backup-archives as at writing + this bit is usually set + * +4: byte: type of name data: + (coincides with bit 0 of flags in the information structure) + * 0 = ASCII = 1-byte representation of each character + * 1 = UNICODE = 2-byte representation of each character * +5: 3*byte: reserved (zero) - * +8: 4*byte: time of creation of file - * +12 = +0xC: 4*byte: date of creation of file - * +16 = +0x10: 4*byte: time of last access (reading or writing) + * +8: 4*byte: time of file creation + * +12 = +0xC: 4*byte: date of file creation + * +16 = +0x10: 4*byte: time of last access (read or write) * +20 = +0x14: 4*byte: date of last access - * +24 = +0x18: 4*byte: time of a last modification - * +28 = +0x1C: 4*byte: date of a last modification - * +32 = +0x20: qword: file size in bytes (up to 16777216 Tbytes) + * +24 = +0x18: 4*byte: time of last modification + * +28 = +0x1C: 4*byte: date of last modification + * +32 = +0x20: qword: file size in bytes (up to 16777216 Tb) * +40 = +0x28: name - * for of the format ASCII: maximum length of a name 263 characters - (263 bytes), bytes after a name matters 0 - * for of the format UNICODE: maximum length of a name 259 characters - (518 bytes), two bytes after a name matter 0 -Format of time: + * for ASCII format: maximum length is 263 characters + (263 bytes), byte after the name has value 0 + * фы  ЇюЁьрЄр UNICODE: maximum length is 259 characters + (518 bytes), 2 bytes after the name have value 0 +Time format: * +0: byte: seconds * +1: byte: minutes * +2: byte: hours * +3: byte: reserved (0) - * For example, 23.59.59 is written as (in hex) 3B 3B 17 00 -Format of date: - * +0: byte: day - * +1: byte: month - * +2: word: year - * For example, 25.11.1979 is written as (in hex) 19 0B BB 07 + * for example, 23.59.59 is written as (in hex) 3B 3B 17 00 +Date format: + * +0: byte: day + * +1: byte: month + * +2: word: year + * for example, 25.11.1979 is written as (in hex) 19 0B BB 07 Remarks: - * If in DBID there is a name in ASCII, length makes 304 bytes, - if in UNICODE - 560 bytes. Value of length aligned on whole - multiple 16 bytes (for of acceleration of processing in cache-memory CPU). - * First character after a name zero (ASCIIZ-string). - The further data contain garbage. - * If the files in a folder were terminated earlier, than the requested - amount was read, the function will read, how many can, - then will return eax=6 (EOF). + * If BDFE contains ASCII name, the length of BDFE is 304 bytes, + if UNICODE name - 560 bytes. Value of length is aligned + on 16-byte bound (to accelerate processing in CPU cache). + * First character after a name is zero (ASCIIZ-string). The further + data contain garbage. + * If files in folder were ended before requested number was read, + the function will read as many as it can, and after that return + eax=6 (EOF). * Any folder on the disk, except for root, contains two special - inputs(entrances) "." And "..", identifying accordingly folder - and parent folder. - * Function allows also to read virtual folders "/", "/rd", "/fd", - "/hd [n] ", thus the attributes subfolders rely equal 0x10, and the times - and dates are unset. An alternate way of obtaining of the information - about the equipment - subfunction 11 functions 18 + entries "." and "..", identifying accordingly the folder itself + and the parent folder. + * The function allows also to read virtual folders "/", "/rd", + "/fd", "/hd[n]", thus attributes of subfolders are set to 0x10, + and times and dates are zeroed. An alternative way to get the + equipment information - subfunction 11 of function 18. ====================================================================== -====================== Function 70, subfunction 2 ==================== -========== Create/rewrite file with support of long names. =========== +===================== Function 70, subfunction 2 ===================== +============ Create/rewrite file with long names support. ============ ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 70 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 2 = number subfunction + * eax = 70 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 2 = subfunction number * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) - * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many bytes to write - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on data - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of bytes to read + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to data + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description or * +20 = +0x14: db 0 - * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename + * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx = number written bytes (is possible, 0) + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx = number of written bytes (possibly 0) Remarks: - * If the file with such name did not exist, it creates; if existed, - is rewritten. - * If it is not enough of free space on of the disk, the function will write, - how many can, then will return an error code 8. + * If a file with given name did not exist, it is created; + if it existed, it is rewritten. + * If there is not enough free space on disk, the function will + write as many as can and then return error code 8. + * The function is not supported for CD (returns error code 2). ====================================================================== -= Function 70, subfunction 5 - get file/directory attributes structure. +==== Function 70, subfunction 5 - get information on file/folder. ==== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 70 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 5 = number subfunction + * eax = 70 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 5 = subfunction number * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where data will be written (40 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data (40 bytes) + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description or * +20 = +0x14: db 0 - * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename + * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx fail -Information on the file comes back in the format DBID -(data block of input of directory), indicated in the description subfunction 1, -but without a filename (only first 40 = 0x28 bytes). + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx destroyed +Information on file is returned in the BDFE format (block of data +for folder entry), explained in the description of +subfunction 1, but without filename +(i.e. only first 40 = 0x28 bytes). Remarks: - * Function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd - and root folders such as /rd/1. + * The function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd and + root folders like /rd/1. ====================================================================== -= Function 70, subfunction 6 - set file/directory attributes structure. +===== Function 70, subfunction 6 - set attributes of file/folder. ==== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 70 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 6 = number subfunction + * eax = 70 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 6 = subfunction number * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) - * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer with attributes (32 bytes) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer with attributes (32 bytes) + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description or * +20 = +0x14: db 0 - * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename + * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name Returned value: - * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system - * ebx fail -File attributes - first 32 bytes in DBID (data block of input of directory), -which format is indicated in the description subfunction 1 -(that is without a name and file size). Attribute the file/folder/volume label -(bits 3,4 in dword +0) does not vary. -Byte +4 (format of a name) ignored. + * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code + * ebx destroyed +File attributes are first 32 bytes in BDFE (block of data +for folder entry), explained in the description of subfunction 1 +(that is, without name and size of file). Attribute +file/folder/volume label (bits 3,4 in dword +0) is not changed. +Byte +4 (name format) is ignored. Remarks: - * Function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd - and root folders such as /rd/1. + * The function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd and + root folders like /rd/1. + * The function is not supported for CD (returns error code 2). ====================================================================== -============ Function 70, subfunction 7 - start application. ============ +=========== Function 70, subfunction 7 - start application. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = 70 - number of the function - * ebx = pointer on information structure -Format of information structure: - * +0: dword: 7 = number subfunction - * +4: dword: field of flags: - * сшЄ 0: to start the process as debugged - * other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 - * +8: dword: 0 or pointer on ASCIIZ-string with parameters + * eax = 70 - function number + * ebx = pointer to the information structure +Format of the information structure: + * +0: dword: 7 = subfunction number + * +4: dword: flags field: + * сшЄ 0: start process as debugged + * other bits are reserved and must be set to 0 + * +8: dword: 0 or pointer to ASCIIZ-string with parameters * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) * +16 = +0x10: dword: 0 (reserved) - * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names - are indicated in the common description + * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are + given in the general description or * +20 = +0x14: db 0 - * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename + * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name Returned value: * eax > 0 - program is loaded, eax contains PID - * eax < 0 - has taken place error, - -eax contains an error code of a file system - * ebx fail + * eax < 0 - an error has occured, -eax contains + file system error code + * ebx destroyed Remarks: - * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 - (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to - completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. - * If the process is started as debugged, it creates in the frozen status; - for of start use subfunction 5 functions 69. + * Command line must be terminated by the character with the code 0 + (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters + up to terminating zero inclusively or first 256 character + regarding what is less. + * If the process is started as debugged, it is created in + the suspended state; to run use subfunction 5 of function 69. ====================================================================== -=========== Function 71, subfunction 1 - set window caption ========== +========== Function 71, subfunction 1 - set window caption. ========== ====================================================================== Parameters: * eax = 71 - function number * ebx = 1 - subfunction number - * eсx = caption string address + * ecx = pointer to caption string Returned value: - * eax = 0 - caption changed successfully - * eax = 1 - error occured + * function does not return value Remarks: - * String should be in ASCIIZ format. Disregarding real string length, - no more than 255 chars will be wrawn. - * Pass NULL in ecx to remove caption + * String must be in the ASCIIZ-format. Disregarding real string + length, no more than 255 characters are drawn. + * Pass NULL in ecx to remove caption. ====================================================================== -========== Function -1 - complete execution of thread/proces ========= +=============== Function -1 - terminate thread/process =============== ====================================================================== Parameters: - * eax = -1 - number of the function + * eax = -1 - function number Returned value: - * function does not return neither value, nor handle + * function does not return neither value nor control Remarks: - * If the process obviously did not create streams, it has only one thread, - which completion results in completion of the process. - * If current thread - last in process, its completion also results - in completion of the process. - * This function completes current thread. Another thread - is possible kill by call subfunction 2 functions 18. + * If the process did not create threads obviously, it has only + one thread, which termination results in process termination. + * If the current thread is last in the process, its termination + also results in process terminates. + * This function terminates the current thread. Other thread can be + killed by call to subfunction 2 of function 18. ====================================================================== =========================== List of events =========================== ====================================================================== -Next event is possible get by call of one from functions 10 (to expect event), -11 (to check up without waiting), 23 (to expect during the given time). -These functions return only those events, which enter into a mask installed by -the function 40. By default it is first three, that there is enough for of many -applications of. +Next event can be retrieved by the call of one from functions 10 +(to wait for event), 11 (to check without waiting), 23 +(to wait during the given time). +These functions return only those events, which enter into a mask set +by function 40. By default it is first three, +there is enough for most applications. Codes of events: - * 1 = message about redraw (is reset at function call 0) - * 2 = key on keyboard is pressed (acts, only when the window is active) - or "hotkey" is pressed; is reset, when all keys from the buffer are read - out by the function 2 - * 3 = button is pressed, defined earlier by function 8(or buttons of closing, - created implicitly by function 0 is pressed; the button of minimization is - handled by the system and about it of the message does not come; acts, only - when the window is active; is reset, when all buttons from the buffer are - read out by the function 17) - * 4 = reserved (in current implementation never comes even at unmasking - by the function 40) - * 5 = redraw the background of a desktop (is reset automatically after - redraw, so if in time redraw of a background the program does not wait - and does not check event, this event it will not remark) - * 6 = event from the mouse (something happened - pressing a mouse button - or moving; is reset at reading) - * 7 = there was an event IPC (look the function 60 - Inter Process - Communication; is reset at reading) - * 8 = there was a network event (is reset at reading; look operation - with the network) - * 9 = there was a debug event (is reset at reading; look a debug subsystem) - * 16..31 = there was an event with appropriate IRQ - (16=IRQ0, 31=IRQ15) (is reset at reading all data IRQ) + * 1 = redraw event (is reset by call to function 0) + * 2 = key on keyboard is pressed (acts, only when the window is + active) or hotkey is pressed; is reset, when all keys from + the buffer are read out by function 2 + * 3 = button is pressed, defined earlier by function 8 + (or close button, created implicitly by function 0; + minimize button is handled by the system and sends no message; + acts, only when the window is active; + is reset when all buttons from the buffer + are read out by function 17) + * 4 = reserved (in current implementation never comes even after + unmasking by function 40) + * 5 = the desktop background is redrawed (is reset automatically + after redraw, so if in redraw time program does not wait and + does not check events, it will not remark this event) + * 6 = mouse event (something happened - button pressing or moving; + is reset at reading) + * 7 = IPC event (see function 60 - + Inter Process Communication; is reset at reading) + * 8 = network event (is reset at reading) + * 9 = debug event (is reset at reading; see + debug subsystem) + * 16..31 = event with appropriate IRQ + (16=IRQ0, 31=IRQ15) (is reset after reading all IRQ data) ====================================================================== -==================== Error codes of a file system ==================== +=================== Error codes of the file system =================== ====================================================================== - * 0 = successfully - * 1 = base and/or partition of the hard disk is not defined - (subfunctions 7, 8 functions 21) - * 2 = function is not supported for of the given file system - (comes back in case of attempt of LBA-reading at prohibited LBA) - * 3 = Unknown file system - * 4 = comes back only by function rename by transmission of the strongly - incorrect parameter and in any way does not correspond to the description - in sources of a kernel " partition not defined at hd " - * 5 = file is not retrieved - * 6 = file was completed - * 7 = pointer outside of memory of the application - * 8 = disk is filled - * 9 = table FAT is destroyed + * 0 = success + * 1 = base and/or partition of a hard disk is not defined + (by subfunctions 7, 8 of function 21) + * 2 = function is not supported for the given file system + * 3 = unknown file system + * 4 = is returned only from function 'rename' by transmission of + the strongly incorrect parameter and in any way does not + correspond to the description in the kernel sources + "partition not defined at hd" + * 5 = file not found + * 6 = end of file, EOF + * 7 = pointer lies outside of application memory + * 8 = disk is full + * 9 = FAT table is destroyed * 10 = access denied - * 11 = error of the device -At start of the program the following error codes are possible also: - * 30 = 0x1E = not enough of memory - * 31 = 0x1F = file is not application - * 32 = 0x20 = too much processes - + * 11 = device error +Application start functions can return also following errors: + * 30 = 0x1E = not enough memory + * 31 = 0x1F = file is not executable + * 32 = 0x20 = too many processes diff --git a/kernel/trunk/hid/keyboard.inc b/kernel/trunk/hid/keyboard.inc index 525222b053..8b293843ce 100644 --- a/kernel/trunk/hid/keyboard.inc +++ b/kernel/trunk/hid/keyboard.inc @@ -189,38 +189,6 @@ irq1: @@: test dl,VKEY_ALT ; alt on ? jz @f mov bl,[keymap_alt+eax] -; alt mouse ? - xor edx,edx - cmp bl,178 - jnz .no_alt.up - mov edx,5*65536 - jmp .mouse.change - .no_alt.up: - cmp bl,177 - jnz .no_alt.down - mov edx,251*65536 - jmp .mouse.change - .no_alt.down: - cmp bl,176 - jnz .no_alt.left - mov edx,251*256 - jmp .mouse.change - .no_alt.left: - cmp bl,179 - jnz .no_alt.right - mov edx,5*256 - jmp .mouse.change - .no_alt.right: - cmp bl,' ' - jne @f - xor [altmouseb],1 - .mouse.change: - mov byte[0xF604],1; ps2 data - mov byte[0xFB00],0; ps2 chunk count - mov word[0x2E0000+4096*12],3; mouse data count - mov dl,[altmouseb] - mov [0x2E0000+4096*12+0x10],edx - mov bl,0 @@: mov bh, 0 jmp .writekey diff --git a/programs/demos/numcalc/trunk/@numcalc.asm b/programs/demos/numcalc/trunk/@numcalc.asm new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..6faf63d635 --- /dev/null +++ b/programs/demos/numcalc/trunk/@numcalc.asm @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +use32 + db 'MENUET01' + dd 1 + dd start + dd i_end + dd mem + dd mem + dd 0 + dd 0 + +start: + push 66 + pop eax + push 4 + pop ebx + mov cl, 45h ; NumLock scancode + xor edx, edx + int 40h + mov al, 40 ; ёЄрЁ°шх сшЄ√ єцх юсэєыхэ√ + mov bl, 2 ; ёЄрЁ°шх сшЄ√ єцх юсэєыхэ√ + int 40h +event: + push 10 + pop eax + int 40h +; є эрё ьюцхЄ с√Є№ Єюы№ъю юфэю ёюс√Єшх - эрцрЄр ъыртш°р + mov al, 2 + int 40h + cmp al, 2 + jnz event +; є эрё хёЄ№ Єюы№ъю юфэр уюЁ ўр  ъыртш°р + push 70 + pop eax + mov ebx, fileinfo + int 40h + jmp event + +fileinfo: + dd 7 + dd 0 + dd 0 + dd 0 + dd 0 + db '/rd/1/calc',0 + +i_end: + align 16 + rb 16 +mem: diff --git a/programs/demos/numcalc/trunk/build.bat b/programs/demos/numcalc/trunk/build.bat new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08c1446ce4 --- /dev/null +++ b/programs/demos/numcalc/trunk/build.bat @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +@fasm @numcalc.asm @numcalc +@pause \ No newline at end of file